Sie sind auf Seite 1von 312

BroadGate BG-30

Version 14

Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual
426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual


V14
Catalog No: X39459
June 2012
6th Edition

Copyright by ECI Telecom, 2002-2012. All rights reserved worldwide.


This is a legal agreement between you, the end user, and ECI Telecom Ltd. (ECI Telecom). BY OPENING THE
DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE, YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS
AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, PROMPTLY RETURN THE
UNOPENED DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK PACKAGE AND THE ACCOMPANYING ITEMS (INCLUDING
WRITTEN MATERIALS AND BINDERS OR OTHER CONTAINERS), TO THE PLACE FROM WHICH YOU
OBTAINED THEM.
The information contained in the documentation and/or disk is proprietary and is subject to all relevant copyright,
patent, and other laws protecting intellectual property, as well as any specific agreement protecting ECI Telecom's
rights in the aforesaid information. Neither this document nor the information contained in the documentation and/or
disk may be published, reproduced, or disclosed to third parties, in whole or in part, without the express prior
written permission of ECI Telecom. In addition, any use of this document, the documentation and/or the disk, or the
information contained therein for any purposes other than those for which it was disclosed, is strictly forbidden.
ECI Telecom reserves the right, without prior notice or liability, to make changes in equipment design or
specifications. Information supplied by ECI Telecom is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no
responsibility whatsoever is assumed by ECI Telecom for the use thereof, nor for the rights of third parties, which
may be affected in any way by the use and/or dissemination thereof.
Any representation(s) in the documentation and/or disk concerning performance of ECI Telecom product(s) are for
informational purposes only and are not warranties of product performance or otherwise, either express or implied.
ECI Telecom's standard limited warranty, stated in its sales contract or order confirmation form, is the only warranty
offered by ECI Telecom.
The documentation and/or disk is provided AS IS and may contain flaws, omissions, or typesetting errors. No
warranty is granted nor liability assumed in relation thereto, unless specifically undertaken in ECI Telecom's sales
contract or order confirmation. Information contained in the documentation and in the disk is periodically updated,
and changes will be incorporated in subsequent editions. If you have encountered an error, please notify ECI
Telecom. All specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
The documentation and/or disk and all information contained therein is owned by ECI Telecom and is protected by
all relevant copyright, patent, and other applicable laws and international treaty provisions. Therefore, you must
treat the information contained in the documentation and disk as any other copyrighted material (for example, a
book or musical recording).
Other Restrictions. You may not rent, lease, sell, or otherwise dispose of the documentation and disk, as
applicable. YOU MAY NOT USE, COPY, MODIFY, OR TRANSFER THE DOCUMENTATION AND/OR DISK OR
ANY COPY IN WHOLE OR PART, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS LICENSE. ALL RIGHTS NOT
EXPRESSLY GRANTED ARE RESERVED BY ECI Telecom.
All trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective holders.
ECI Telecom shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage whatsoever or howsoever
caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with this documentation and/or disk, the information contained
therein, its use, or otherwise. Notwithstanding the generality of the aforementioned, you expressly waive any claim
and/or demand regarding liability for indirect, special, incidental, or consequential loss or damage which may arise
in respect of the documentation and/or disk and/or the information contained therein, howsoever caused, even if
advised of the possibility of such damages.
The end user hereby undertakes and acknowledges that they read the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines"
instructions and that such instructions were understood by them.
It is hereby clarified that ECI Telecom shall not be liable to you or to any other party for any loss or damage
whatsoever or howsoever caused, arising directly or indirectly in connection with you fulfilling and/or failed to fulfill
in whole or in part the "Before You Start/Safety Guidelines" instructions.

Contents
About This Manual .................................................................. xiii
Overview ........................................................................................................... xiii
Intended Audience ............................................................................................ xiii
Document Organization ..................................................................................... xiii
Document Conventions ..................................................................................... xiv
Related Documentation ...................................................................................... xv
Obtaining Technical Documentation .................................................................. xv
Technical Assistance......................................................................................... xvi

Introduction.............................................................................. 1-1
BG-30 Platform Overview ................................................................................. 1-1

Before You Start ...................................................................... 2-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... 2-1
Site Preparation................................................................................................ 2-4
Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................................... 2-6
Installing BG-30 in Racks ................................................................................. 2-6
Preparing Cables and Fibers ............................................................................ 2-9
Work and Equipment Safety ........................................................................... 2-16
Protection Against Electrostatic Discharge .................................................... 2-22

Installing Equipment ............................................................... 3-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... 3-1
Preliminary Preparations .................................................................................. 3-2
Installation Sequence ....................................................................................... 3-2
Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection ................................................... 3-5
Installation Options ........................................................................................... 3-6
Installing Ancillary Units in Racks ..................................................................... 3-8
Installing the BG-30B Platform in the Rack .................................................... 3-31
Installing the BG-30E Platform in the Rack .................................................... 3-47
Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack .................................................... 3-61
Connecting Fibers and Cables to the BG-30 Shelf ........................................ 3-73

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations ....................................... 4-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... 4-1
Wall-Mounted Cabinet ...................................................................................... 4-2
DDF 21 E1s Unit ............................................................................................ 4-13
Wall-Mounted Frame ...................................................................................... 4-34

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Contents

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests ............................................................. 5-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-1
Test Equipment ................................................................................................ 5-1
Site Commissioning Tests ................................................................................ 5-2
SDH Commissioning Tests .............................................................................. 5-5
Data Network Commissioning Tests .............................................................. 5-11

Maintenance ............................................................................. 6-1


Overview .......................................................................................................... 6-1
Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials .............................................................. 6-1
Preventive Maintenance ................................................................................... 6-2
Onsite Troubleshooting .................................................................................... 6-3
Replacing Cards and Modules ....................................................................... 6-24

Connection Data ..................................................................... A-1

Overview .......................................................................................................... A-2


INF_30B/INF_30BH/INF_30E DC Input Power Connectors ............................ A-2
AC_CONV_30B/AC_CONV_30E AC Input Power Connectors ....................... A-2
MNG Ethernet Connector ................................................................................. A-3
T3/T4 Timing Connector................................................................................... A-4
Auxiliary Connector on the MCP30 .................................................................. A-5
RS-232 Connector............................................................................................ A-7
Orderwire Connector ........................................................................................ A-8
V.11 Overhead Connector ................................................................................ A-9
Alarms Connector........................................................................................... A-10
E1 Connectors on the PME1_21 .................................................................... A-11
PME1_63 Connection Data ............................................................................ A-15
Ethernet Interface Connectors ....................................................................... A-23
PM345_3 Card Connection Data ................................................................... A-23
P345_3E Card Connection Data .................................................................... A-23
PE1_63 Card Connection Data ...................................................................... A-23
ESW_2G_8F_E Card Connection Data ......................................................... A-24
MPS_2G_8F Card Connection Data .............................................................. A-24
DMGE_1_L1 Connection Data ....................................................................... A-25
TP21_2 Connection Data ............................................................................... A-25
TP63_1 Connection Data ............................................................................... A-30
TPS1_1 Connection Data ............................................................................... A-31
SM_10E Card Connection Data ..................................................................... A-31
ICP_VF Connection Data ............................................................................... A-44
ICP_V24 Connection Data ............................................................................. A-45
ICP_V35 Connection Data ............................................................................. A-48
ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data ..................................................................... A-49
ICP_DB37D Connection Data ........................................................................ A-51
RAP-4B Connectors ....................................................................................... A-55

ii

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Contents

Rack Installation ..................................................................... B-1

Installing Equipment Racks .............................................................................. B-1


Installing 19" Racks .......................................................................................... B-6

Index .......................................................................................... I-1

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

iii

Contents

iv

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

List of Figures
Figure 1-1: Typical BG-30 platform ................................................................................ 1-2
Figure 2-1: Typical installation of four BG-30 platforms in an ETSI 2200 rack .............. 2-8
Figure 2-2: Laser warning label.................................................................................... 2-19
Figure 2-3: Basic ESD warning symbol ....................................................................... 2-22
Figure 3-1: Typical installation of a single BG-30 platform in a 2200 ETSI rack ........... 3-3
Figure 3-2: Typical installation of four BG-30B platforms .............................................. 3-7
Figure 3-3: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud ......................................................... 3-10
Figure 3-4: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes ....................................................... 3-11
Figure 3-5: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG ........................................... 3-11
Figure 3-6: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws ..................................... 3-13
Figure 3-7: RAP-BG front cover removal ..................................................................... 3-14
Figure 3-8: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation ........................................................... 3-14
Figure 3-9: Platform DC input power connector pin functions ..................................... 3-15
Figure 3-10: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud ............................................................ 3-17
Figure 3-11: RAP-4B with grounding cable.................................................................. 3-18
Figure 3-12: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes.............................................................. 3-18
Figure 3-13: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B .......................................... 3-19
Figure 3-14: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws .................................... 3-20
Figure 3-15: RAP-4B front cover removal .................................................................... 3-21
Figure 3-16: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation .......................................................... 3-21
Figure 3-17: Platform DC input power connector pin functions ................................... 3-22
Figure 3-18: Threading optical fibers in the FST.......................................................... 3-23
Figure 3-19: Attaching rack mounting brackets to the ODF......................................... 3-24
Figure 3-20: ODF front panel ....................................................................................... 3-25
Figure 3-21: ODF open view ........................................................................................ 3-25
Figure 3-22: ODF fiber routes ...................................................................................... 3-26
Figure 3-23: Installing ICP_MCP30 in the rack ............................................................ 3-28
Figure 3-24: Installing SM_10E ICPs in the rack ......................................................... 3-29
Figure 3-25: Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack .............................................. 3-30
Figure 3-26: Installing rail stiffeners in the rack ........................................................... 3-32
Figure 3-27: BG-30B slots............................................................................................ 3-33
Figure 3-28: Installing a power module in the BG-30B ................................................ 3-35
Figure 3-29: Installing an FCU_30B/ FCU_30BH module in the BG-30B ................... 3-36
Figure 3-30: Location of the CF card inside the MCP30B/D........................................ 3-37
Figure 3-31: Installing a CF card into the MCP30B/D .................................................. 3-38
Figure 3-32: Installing an MCP30B module in the BG-30B ......................................... 3-39
426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

List of Figures

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 3-33: Location of the SD card inside the MCP30 ............................................. 3-40
Figure 3-34: Installing the SD card into the MCP30 .................................................... 3-41
Figure 3-35: Installing an MCP30 module in the BG-30B ............................................ 3-42
Figure 3-36: Installing an XIO30 module in the BG-30B.............................................. 3-43
Figure 3-37: Installing a Tslot module in the BG-30B .................................................. 3-44
Figure 3-38: Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in the AC_CONV_UNIT ................... 3-45
Figure 3-39: Installing an SFP/XFP module in the BG ................................................ 3-46
Figure 3-40: Installing the H connector ........................................................................ 3-48
Figure 3-41: Installing the BG-30E ............................................................................... 3-49
Figure 3-42: Removing the BG-30E from the BG-30B ................................................ 3-50
Figure 3-43: Inserting the thin flat-head tool ................................................................ 3-51
Figure 3-44: Raising the rivet cap ................................................................................ 3-51
Figure 3-45: Removing the rivet ................................................................................... 3-51
Figure 3-46: BG-30E regular slots layout..................................................................... 3-52
Figure 3-47: BG-30E slots layout with ES 3# extended ............................................... 3-52
Figure 3-48: Installing a power module in the BG-30E ................................................ 3-54
Figure 3-49: Installing an FCU_30E in the BG-30E ..................................................... 3-55
Figure 3-50: Installing an extension card in the BG-30E ............................................. 3-56
Figure 3-51: Removing the blank panel ....................................................................... 3-57
Figure 3-52: Removing the card guide......................................................................... 3-58
Figure 3-53: Installing a long card in the BG-30E ........................................................ 3-59
Figure 3-54: Installing a traffic module on the SM_10E ............................................... 3-60
Figure 3-55: Installing the H connector in the BG-30 ................................................... 3-62
Figure 3-56: Removing the BG-30E from the BG-30B ................................................ 3-63
Figure 3-57: Inserting the thin flat-head tool ................................................................ 3-64
Figure 3-58: Raising the rivet cap ................................................................................ 3-64
Figure 3-59: Removing the rivet ................................................................................... 3-64
Figure 3-60: EXT-2U regular slots layout..................................................................... 3-65
Figure 3-61: Installing a power module in the EXT-2U ................................................ 3-67
Figure 3-62: Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U .................................................... 3-68
Figure 3-63: Installing an extension card in the EXT-2U ............................................. 3-69
Figure 3-64: Removing the blank panel ....................................................................... 3-70
Figure 3-65: Removing the card guide......................................................................... 3-71
Figure 3-66: Installing a long card in the BG-30E ........................................................ 3-72
Figure 3-67: PME1_63 traffic cable ............................................................................. 3-78
Figure 3-68: PME1_63 traffic cable installation ........................................................... 3-79
Figure 3-69: L114 protection jumper cable schematic diagram ................................... 3-82
Figure 3-70: L123 protection jumper cable schematic diagram ................................... 3-83
Figure 3-71: L128 protection jumper cable schematic diagram ................................... 3-84
vi

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

List of Figures

Figure 3-72: L127 protection jumper cable schematic diagram ................................... 3-85
Figure 3-73: TP21_2 1:2 protection scheme example ................................................. 3-87
Figure 3-74: TP21_2 1:1 protection scheme example ................................................. 3-87
Figure 3-75: TP63_1_1 (two PE1_63 cards) 1:1 protection scheme example ............ 3-88
Figure 3-76: TP63_1_1 (three PME1_21 modules and one PE1_63 card)
1:1 protection scheme example ................................................................................... 3-88
Figure 3-77: TPS1_1 (two SMQ1&4 modules) 1:1 protection scheme example ......... 3-89
Figure 4-1: Wall-mounted cabinet general view............................................................. 4-2
Figure 4-2: Tools required for cabinet installation .......................................................... 4-3
Figure 4-3: Wall-mounted cabinet interior components ................................................. 4-4
Figure 4-4: Preparing the rear panel holes .................................................................... 4-5
Figure 4-5: Installing the rear panel ............................................................................... 4-6
Figure 4-6: Installing the support rails ............................................................................ 4-7
Figure 4-7: Installing the 19" vertical extrusions ............................................................ 4-7
Figure 4-8: Installing the C-rail ....................................................................................... 4-8
Figure 4-9: Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet ................................................ 4-9
Figure 4-10: Cabling accessories ................................................................................ 4-10
Figure 4-11: DDF general view .................................................................................... 4-13
Figure 4-12: Installing the brackets for ETSI installation ............................................. 4-14
Figure 4-13: Attaching the connection blocks .............................................................. 4-15
Figure 4-14: Installing a BG platform and three DDFs ................................................. 4-17
Figure 4-15: Clip nuts distance in mm (BG and three DDFs) ...................................... 4-18
Figure 4-16: Installing a BG platform, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit .................... 4-20
Figure 4-17: Clip nuts distance in mm (BG, two DDFs, AC CONV unit) ..................... 4-21
Figure 4-18: Wall-mounted cabinet cabling ................................................................. 4-24
Figure 4-19: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing front view ...................................... 4-25
Figure 4-20: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing left side view................................. 4-26
Figure 4-21: Installing top and bottom covers .............................................................. 4-31
Figure 4-22: Connecting grounding cables .................................................................. 4-31
Figure 4-23: Installing side covers ............................................................................... 4-32
Figure 4-24: Connecting grounding cables .................................................................. 4-33
Figure 4-25: Installing the front door ............................................................................ 4-33
Figure 4-26: Connecting the door grounding cable ..................................................... 4-34
Figure 4-27: Wall-mounted frame installation .............................................................. 4-35
Figure 4-28: Attaching the fiber guide tube .................................................................. 4-36
Figure 4-29: Holes location for wall-mounted frame .................................................... 4-37
Figure 4-30: Installing a BG and three DDFs ............................................................... 4-39
Figure 4-31: Installing a BG, a DDF, and a RAP-BG ................................................... 4-40
Figure 4-32: Installing a BG, an ICP_MCP30, and a DDF........................................... 4-41

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

vii

List of Figures

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 4-33: Installing a BG, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV ........................................ 4-42
Figure 4-34: Installing a BG and a DDF ....................................................................... 4-44
Figure 4-35: Installing the front cover .......................................................................... 4-46
Figure 4-36: Routing and connecting cables and fibers in the wall-mounted
frame ............................................................................................................................ 4-48
Figure 4-37: Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view................................... 4-49
Figure 6-1: Inserting an SFP/XFP transceiver into an XIO module ............................. 6-31
Figure A-1: POWER IN input power connector, pin functions ....................................... A-2
Figure A-2: AC input power connector ........................................................................... A-2
Figure A-3: Ethernet connector, PIN identification ......................................................... A-3
Figure A-4: T3/T4 connector, pin identification .............................................................. A-4
Figure A-5: Auxiliary connector for MCP30/MCP64, pin identification .......................... A-5
Figure A-6: RS-232 overhead connectors, pin identification ......................................... A-7
Figure A-7: RS-232 overhead cable .............................................................................. A-7
Figure A-8: RS-232 overhead cable label ...................................................................... A-7
Figure A-9: OW connector, pin identification ................................................................. A-8
Figure A-10: V.11 connector, pin identification .............................................................. A-9
Figure A-11: Alarms connector, pin identification ........................................................ A-10
Figure A-12: E1 connectors for PME1_21, pin identification ....................................... A-11
Figure A-13: PME1_63 connector pin identification ..................................................... A-15
Figure A-14: E1 connectors for TP21_2, pin identification .......................................... A-25
Figure A-15: SM_10E traffic module connector, pin identification ............................... A-31
Figure A-16: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification ..................................... A-45
Figure A-17: 9-pin D-type male connector, pin identification ....................................... A-46
Figure A-18: M34 female connector, pin identification ................................................. A-48
Figure A-19: 15-pin D-type female connector, pin identification .................................. A-49
Figure A-20: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification ..................................... A-49
Figure A-21: 37-pin D-type female connector, pin identification .................................. A-51
Figure A-22: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification ............................ A-55
Figure A-23: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification ............................ A-57
Figure B-1: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks .............................................................. B-3
Figure B-2: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks ................................................... B-4
Figure B-3: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended overhead
tray (2200 mm rack) ....................................................................................................... B-5
Figure B-4: Example of an approved European 19 rack .............................................. B-6

viii

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

List of Tables
Table 2-1: Typical BG-30 equipment installation sequence .......................................... 2-1
Table 2-2: Environmental requirements ......................................................................... 2-4
Table 2-3: Equipment dimensions ................................................................................. 2-5
Table 2-4: Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools ............................................... 2-6
Table 2-5: Traffic cables mating connector data for BG-30B....................................... 2-12
Table 2-6: Traffic cables mating connector data for BG-30E....................................... 2-13
Table 2-7: Optical fibers and mating connector data for BG-30B ................................ 2-14
Table 2-8: Optical fibers and mating connector data for BG-30E ................................ 2-15
Table 2-9: BG-30B/E and EXT-2U circuit breaker data ............................................... 2-18
Table 2-10: LC transceivers laser information STM-4 SFP ......................................... 2-20
Table 2-11: LC transceivers laser information STM-1/100BaseFX SFP ..................... 2-21
Table 2-12: LC transceivers laser information GbE SFP (OTGBE) ............................. 2-21
Table 3-1: Outline of typical BG-30B equipment installation sequence ......................... 3-4
Table 3-2: BG-30B modules......................................................................................... 3-34
Table 3-3: BG-30E modules......................................................................................... 3-53
Table 3-4: EXT-2U modules......................................................................................... 3-66
Table 3-5: Protection and protected cards summary ................................................... 3-81
Table 3-6: Protection jumper cables usage ................................................................. 3-86
Table 3-7: TPS1_1 1:1 I/O protection slot allocation ................................................... 3-89
Table 5-1: Card and module inventory BG-30 platform ................................................. 5-2
Table 5-2: Visual inspection and mechanical checks .................................................... 5-3
Table 5-3: Measured optical levels ................................................................................ 5-4
Table 5-4: 2 Mbps tests.................................................................................................. 5-5
Table 5-5: 34 Mbps tests................................................................................................ 5-6
Table 5-6: 45 Mbps tests................................................................................................ 5-6
Table 5-7: SDH tests ...................................................................................................... 5-6
Table 5-8: Traffic stability test time intervals .................................................................. 5-8
Table 5-9: Throughput and latency test results............................................................ 5-11
Table 5-10: Frame loss rate test results ...................................................................... 5-12
Table 6-1: Preventive maintenance inspection and checks........................................... 6-2
Table 6-2: Troubleshooting power problems ................................................................. 6-4
Table 6-3: General troubleshooting procedures for BG-30B power-on based
on MCP30 panel LEDs................................................................................................... 6-6
Table 6-4: General troubleshooting procedures for Tslot or XIO panels ....................... 6-9
Table 6-5: General troubleshooting procedures for the MCP30 .................................. 6-10
Table 6-6: General troubleshooting procedures on Tslot and XIO module panels...... 6-11
426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

ix

List of Tables

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 6-7: General troubleshooting procedures for the INF_30B/INF_30BH


and INF_30BH ............................................................................................................. 6-12
Table 6-8: General troubleshooting procedures for the FCU_30B/FCU_30BH........... 6-12
Table 6-9: General troubleshooting procedures for optical transceiver plug-ins ......... 6-13
Table 6-10: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMFE_4_L1, DMFE_4_L2,
and DMEOP_4 ............................................................................................................. 6-15
Table 6-11: General troubleshooting procedures for extended cards
(PE1_63, P345_3, SM_10E, ESW_2G_8F_E, S1_4, and S4_1) ................................ 6-16
Table 6-12: Special troubleshooting procedures for P345_3 card............................... 6-18
Table 6-13: Special troubleshooting procedures for ESW_2G_8F_E cards ............... 6-18
Table 6-14: General troubleshooting procedures for daughterboards on
SM_10E cards ............................................................................................................. 6-19
Table 6-15: Special troubleshooting procedures for SM_EOP daughter boards......... 6-20
Table 6-16: Special troubleshooting procedures for OW box ...................................... 6-20
Table 6-17: Special troubleshooting procedures for
TP21_2/TP63_1/TPS1_1 cards ................................................................................... 6-22
Table 6-18: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMFX_4_L1
and DMFX_4_L2 .......................................................................................................... 6-22
Table 6-19: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMGE_1_L1 .............................. 6-23
Table 6-20: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMGE_4_L1
and DMGE_2_L2 ......................................................................................................... 6-24
Table A-1: Ethernet connector, pin assignment ............................................................. A-3
Table A-2: T3/T4 connector, PIN identification .............................................................. A-4
Table A-3: 1-11 Auxiliary connector, pin assignment .................................................... A-5
Table A-4: RS-232 connectors, pin assignment ............................................................ A-8
Table A-5: OW connector, pin assignment .................................................................... A-8
Table A-6: V.11 overhead connector, pin assignment ................................................... A-9
Table A-7: Alarms connector, pin assignment ............................................................. A-10
Table A-8: PME1_21 connector, pin assignment......................................................... A-11
Table A-9: Connector P1 E1 #1 to E1 #21 Tx lines ..................................................... A-15
Table A-10: Connector P3 E1 #1 to E1 #21 Rx lines ................................................... A-17
Table A-11: Connector P1 E1 #22 to E1 #42 Tx lines ................................................. A-18
Table A-12: Connector P3 E1 #22 to E1 #42 Rx lines ................................................. A-19
Table A-13: Connector P1 E1 #43 to E1 #63 Tx lines ................................................. A-20
Table A-14: Connector P3 E1 #43 to E1 #63 Rx lines ................................................. A-21
Table A-15: Gigabit Ethernet connector, pin assignment ............................................ A-25
Table A-16: Twin 68-pin VHDCI connector (P2), pin assignment................................ A-26
Table A-17: Twin 68-pin VHDCI connector (P1), pin assignment................................ A-28
Table A-18: SM_10E SM_FXO_8 and SM_FXS_8 connector, pin assignment .......... A-32
Table A-19: SM_10E SM_EM_24W6E connector, pin assignment ............................. A-33
Table A-20: SM_10E SM_V35E connector, pin assignment ....................................... A-35
x

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

List of Tables

Table A-21: SM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 8 x V.24 transparent
without controls mode .................................................................................................. A-36
Table A-22: SM_V24E connector, pin assignment ...................................................... A-37
Table A-23: SM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 2 x V.24
synchronous with controls mode .................................................................................. A-39
Table A-24: SM_10E SM_V35_V11 connector, pin assignment ................................. A-40
Table A-25: SM_10E SM_CODIR_4E connector, pin assignment .............................. A-41
Table A-26: SM_10E SM_OMNI_E connector, pin assignment .................................. A-42
Table A-27: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_FXS_8E
or SM_FXO_8E ............................................................................................................ A-44
Table A-28: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving
SM_EM_24W6E ........................................................................................................... A-44
Table A-29: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving
SM_CODIR_4E ............................................................................................................ A-45
Table A-30: ICP_V24 synchronous V.24 25-pin D-type connector,
pin assignment ............................................................................................................. A-46
Table A-31: ICP_V24 asynchronous V.24 9-pin D-type connector,
pin assignment ............................................................................................................. A-47
Table A-32: ICP_V24 transparent V.24 9-pin D-type connector,
pin assignment ............................................................................................................. A-47
Table A-33: ICP_V35 M34 female connector, pin assignment .................................... A-48
Table A-34: ICP_V11_V24 15-pin D-type connector, pin assignment ......................... A-49
Table A-35: ICP_V11_V24 V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment ................ A-50
Table A-36: ICP_DB37D 37 pin D-type connector, pin assignment ............................ A-51
Table A-37: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-449 pin assignment............... A-52
Table A-38: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-422 pin assignment............... A-53
Table A-39: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.36 pin assignment ................... A-53
Table A-40: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.35 pin assignment ................... A-54
Table A-41: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.11/X.24 pin assignment ........... A-54
Table A-42: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, synchronous V.24
pin assignment ............................................................................................................. A-55
Table A-43: RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment ....................... A-55
Table A-44: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment............................... A-57

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xi

List of Tables

xii

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

About This Manual


In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... xiii
Intended Audience ........................................................................................... xiii
Document Organization ................................................................................... xiii
Document Conventions ................................................................................... xiv
Related Documentation .................................................................................... xv
Obtaining Technical Documentation ................................................................ xv
Technical Assistance ....................................................................................... xvi

Overview
The BroadGate (BG) BG-30 Installation, Operation, and Maintenance
Manual (IOMM) describes how to install BG-30 platforms and how to install
and replace hardware components, including cards, modules, and accessories.

Intended Audience
The BG-30 IOMM is intended for installation and other qualified service
personnel responsible for installing the platform and its accessories.

Document Organization
This manual contains the following information:

Installation

Operation

Maintenance

Additional functionality

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xiii

About This Manual

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Document Conventions
When applicable, this manual uses the following conventions.
Convention

Indicates

Example

Bold

Names of windows, dialog


boxes, menus, buttons, and
most other GUI elements

On the Alarms menu...

Menu > Option

Selection from a menu, or


leading to another command

Select Update > View


Objects

Italics

New terms, emphasized text,


and names of manuals and
documents

Examples in text

Borders around text

Notes, cautions, and warnings See examples below

NOTE: Text set off in this manner presents clarifying

information, specific instructions, commentary, sidelights, or


interesting points of information.

CAUTION: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure


to follow directions could result in damage to equipment or
loss of information.

WARNING: Text set off in this manner indicates that failure


to follow directions could result in bodily harm or loss of life.
LASER WARNING: Text set off in this manner indicates
how to avoid personal injury. All personnel involved in
equipment installation, operation, and maintenance must be
aware that laser radiation is invisible. Therefore, although
protective devices generally prevent direct exposure to the
beam, personnel must strictly observe the applicable safety
precautions and, in particular, must avoid staring into optical
connectors, either directly or using optical instruments.
ESD: Text set off in this manner indicates information on
how to avoid discharge of static electricity and subsequent
damage to the unit.

xiv

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

About This Manual

TIP: Text set off in this manner includes helpful information


and handy hints that can make your task easier.
IMPORTANT: Text set off in this manner presents essential
information to which you must pay attention.

Related Documentation
The following publications may be of assistance to you in the installation and
commissioning processes. Some of these documents present information
supplied in this Installation Manual in greater or lesser detail.

BroadGate Product Line General Description

BroadGate Product Line System Specifications

BroadGate Product Line Reference Manual

BroadGate EMS-BGF User Manual

BroadGate LCT-BGF User Manual

LightSoft Network Management System User Manual

IEC Publication 825 - Laser Safety Requirements

Obtaining Technical
Documentation
To obtain technical documentation related to ECI Telecom products, contact:
ECI Telecom Ltd.
Documentation Department
30 Hasivim St.
Petach Tikva 49130
Israel
Fax: +972-3-9268060
Email: techdoc.feedback@ecitele.com

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

xv

About This Manual

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Technical Assistance
The configuration, installation, and operation of the BG-30 and its operation in
a network are highly specialized processes. Due to the different nature of each
installation, some planning aspects may not be covered in this manual.
If you have questions or concerns about your network design or if you require
installation personnel to perform the actual installation process, ECI Telecom
maintains a staff of design engineers and highly trained field service personnel.
The services of this group are available to customers at any time.
If you are interested in obtaining design assistance or a network installation
plan from ECI Telecom's Customer Support team, contact your ECI Telecom
sales representative. With any support related issues, technical or logistic,
please contact the ECI Telecom Customer Support center at your location. If
you are not familiar with that location, please contact our central customer
support center action line at:
Telephone

+972-3-9266000

Telefax

+972-3-9266370

Email

on.support@ecitele.com

ECI Telecom's BroadGate and XDM product lines are


certified to comply with MEF9 and MEF14 standards.

xvi

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

1
Introduction
In this chapter:
BG-30 Platform Overview............................................................................... 1-1

BG-30 Platform Overview


ECI Telecoms BG-30 delivers a cost-effective and affordable mix of Ethernet,
SDH, PDH, and PCM services that result in new revenue-generating
opportunities. It offers a wide variety of features and benefits, including:

High traffic survivability through main hardware duplication.

Ultra-high scalability based on coupling the BG-30E to the BG-30B to


make a build-as-you-grow solution.

Gradual capacity expansion based on service provisioning needs from


ADM1 up to ADM16.

Ability to add interfaces easily while the network element (NE) is working
by plugging in appropriate cards ranging from E1 cards for multiple ports
to STM-4 cards.

Carrier class Ethernet-over-WAN/MAN solution with SDH reliability,


security, and management of data services.

Sublambda grooming for high utilization of existing fiber and top


efficiency in transmission of different types of services.

PCM service interfaces and 1/0 digital cross-connect functions to facilitate


the construction and maintenance of various private networks.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

1-1

Introduction

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Multi-ADM and cross-connect functionality, ideal for deployment in


flexible network topologies like ring, mesh, and star.

Compactness and resiliency, making it perfectly suited for both indoor and
outdoor enclosures. Due to its extended operating temperature range, it is
also most suitable for harsh environmental conditions.

Figure 1-1: Typical BG-30 platform

1-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

2
Before You Start
In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... 2-1
Site Preparation ............................................................................................... 2-4
Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................................... 2-6
Installing BG-30 in Racks ............................................................................... 2-6
Preparing Cables and Fibers ............................................................................ 2-9
Work and Equipment Safety.......................................................................... 2-16
Protection Against Electrostatic Discharge ................................................... 2-22

Overview
This chapter contains important information that will help you carry out a safe
and trouble-free installation.

Outline of the Installation Procedure


The the following table describes the main steps involved in the installation of
BG-30 equipment. Consult your site installation plans for specific details.
Table 2-1: Typical BG-30 equipment installation sequence
No.

Task

Reference

Prepare the installation site and check the


physical location, environmental compliance,
and availability of power sources.

Before You Start (page 2-1)

Prepare power, alarm, management, and


transmission cables at the installation site.

Before You Start (page 2-1)


and Equipment Installation
(page 3-1)

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-1

Before You Start

No.

2-2

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Task

Reference

Route the required power, alarm, management,


and transmission cables to the intended BG-30
equipment location.

Equipment Installation (page


3-1)

If required, install the equipment racks.

Equipment Installation (page


3-1)

Mark the location of each BG-30 platform,


relevant accessories (Fiber Storage Tray
[FST], Optical Distribution Frame [ODF],
Digital Distribution Frame [DDF], and
MCP30 Interconnection Panel
[ICP_MCP30]) on each rack, in accordance
with the site installation plan.
Notes:
For BG-30B-only installation, it is
recommended you leave at least 4 U of
space above the platform to enable future
installation of the BG-30E.
The BG-30B can only support balanced E1
interfaces directly. For unbalanced E1s, the
xDDF-21 patch panel must be configured,
which provides conversion between
balanced and unbalanced E1s for 21 x E1s.
When auxiliary interfaces like RS-232,
orderwire (OW), or V.11 are used in your
application, the ICP_MCP30 should be
installed in order to distribute the
concentrated Auxiliary connector into
dedicated connectors for each function.

Equipment Installation (page


3-1)

When applicable, install the EMS-BGF


management station.

EMS-BGF Installation Guide

Install the Rack Alarm Panel (RAP) and other


equipment needed in each rack.

Equipment Installation (page


3-1)

Install the BG-30 platforms in the appropriate


rack.

Equipment Installation page 31)

For each BG-30 platform where optical modules Equipment Installation (page
are used, install an FST under the BG-30
3-1)
platform and route the optical fibers to the FST.
Note: Even if you are not currently installing an
FST, it is recommended that you leave enough
space beneath the BG-30 platform to enable
future installation.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

No.

Task

Before You Start

Reference

10

Install the prescribed modules in the BG-30B


platform, including two INF_30B or INF_30BH
modules, FCU_30B or FCU_30BH, MCP30,
two XIO30 modules (XIO30_1, XIO30Q_1&4,
XIO30_4, or XIO30_16), and optional Tslot
modules.
Install the prescribed modules in the BG-30E
platform, including two INF_30E modules,
FCU_30E, or other extension cards, such as the
PE1_63, P345_3E, SM_10E, and
ESW_2G_8F_E.

11

Install the SFP modules for XIO30 modules.

Equipment Installation (page


3-1)

12

Depending on the modules or cards in your


BG-30 platform:
Route the PDH electrical cables from the
DDF to the E1 interfaces on the front panel
of PME1_21 modules, the E3/DS-3
interfaces on the front panel of PM345_3
modules, and STM-1e interfaces on the
STM-1 electrical SFPs.
Route the data cables to the Fast Ethernet
(FE) interfaces on the front panel of
DMFE_4_L1 modules.
If the ICP_MCP30 is installed, route the
special cables to connect the ICP_MCP30
and the MCP30, and route cables for
interfaces on the ICP_MCP30 panel. If the
ICP_MCP30 is not installed and external
alarms interfaces are used, route the special
Alarms cable from the MCP30 Auxiliary
connector to the RAP.
Note: The DDF can be installed on the same
rack as the BG-30 platform, or on a different
rack.

Equipment Installation (page


3-1)

13

Connect management cables between the


equipment installed in the rack and the
management station.

Equipment Installation (page


3-1)

14

Connect power cables from the RAP panel to


each BG-30 platform installed in the rack.

Equipment Installation (page


3-1)

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-3

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Site Preparation
Perform a preliminary survey of the installation site, taking the following into
consideration:

System environmental requirements

Physical location of the BG-30 platforms

Location of power sources

Types of interfaces used at the site (optical, electrical, management, alarm


monitoring, and so on)

Work and equipment safety requirements

Environmental Requirements
The environmental conditions listed in the following table are applicable to
BG-30 equipment and must be ensured at the installation site.
Table 2-2: Environmental requirements
Parameter

Compliance requirements

Electromagnetic interference

EN 55022/94, EN 50082-1/92

Temperature

ETSI ETS 300-19-2-3 Test Spec. T3.1

Physical Location
WARNING: BG-30 platforms are intended for installation in
restricted-access areas only.

Before you start:


Choose the physical location of the BG-30 platforms, taking the following
aspects into consideration:
1. Equipment dimensions (see the following table).
2. Required floor loading capability: 100 kg for a typical eight-platform
installation.
3. Routing requirements for grounding, power, alarm monitoring,
management cables, and optical fibers. To ensure convenient access to
cables and fibers, it is recommended, whenever possible, to use overhead
cable ladders to bring the cables/fibers to the top of each rack.

2-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

4. When a network management station, for example, the EMS-BGF, is


installed on the site, consider the method of connection to the local network
management station and the maximum allowed distance.
Table 2-3: Equipment dimensions
Equipment type

Height (mm) Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Max. weight (kg)

BG-30B

44.4

440

243

BG-30E

88.9

443.4

243

4.5

RAP-BG

88

440

150

RAP-4B

88

447

155

2.4

FST

44.5

440

240

ODF

44.5

440

240

xDDF-21

44.5

440

150

1.5

ICP_MCP30

44

440

140

1.5

Power Sources
BG-30 platforms can be powered by DC sources complying with the applicable
sections of ETSI 300 132-2 and the SELV or TNV requirements of EN 60950.
The nominal supply voltage is -48 VDC (positive-lead grounded). However,
the allowed supply voltage range is -40.5 VDC to -60 VDC. Two separate DC
power sources must be available for redundancy. In the DC power supply, the
maximum power consumption of the BG-30B is 55 W.
For AC power supply, configure an external AC/DC converter.
NOTE: If the planned power consumption of the equipment
installed in the platform is 80% or more of the maximum
listed value, it is recommended to consult ECI Telecom
Customer Support.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-5

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Tools and Test Equipment


No special-purpose tools beyond a standard technicians toolbox are required
for the installation of BG-30 platforms.
Traffic cables can be prepared on site, so make sure suitable tool kits are
available. They include tools for the assembly of coaxial cables as listed in the
following table, and tools for the preparation of optical patch cords.
Table 2-4: Recommended coaxial cable assembly tools
No.

Name

Description

Stripper

DIN 1.0/2.3

Center contact crimp tool (blue)

DIN 1.0/2.3

Crimp tool, outer

DIN 1.0/2.3

Cable stripper

---

Nipper (cutter for center contact)

---

Die for NCX1

---

Cleaning Optical Connectors


When handling optical fibers, clean the optical connectors with the standard
cleaning kits recommended by the manufacturers.

Installing BG-30 in Racks


Installation Plan
Follow these guidelines for installing BG-30 platforms and ancillary equipment
in racks.
We recommend installation in ECI Telecom ETSI racks, which provide the
following advantages:

2-6

Removable rear and side panels, enabling tidy leading and efficient
maintenance of all rack cables, including:

PCM/E1/E3/DS-3/STM-1e cables

Control cables

Power cables

Data cables

Voice frequency cables

Timing cables

Two ducts on the racks front rails for routing up to 200 optical fibers
ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Open frame top and bottom, facilitating easy leading of cables from
suspension floors and/or ceiling ladders

Front door mountable for left or right opening

BG-30 equipment racks can be installed on wooden, concrete, or floating


floors, or suspended from overhead mountings.

Typical BG-30 Installation


See the figure Typical installation of four BG-30 platforms in an ETSI 2200
rack (page 2-8) for a typical installation in an ECI Telecom rack.
In addition to the BG-30B platform,you can also install the following
equipment in the rack:

One RAP at the top of the rack to connect external power and alarm
monitoring lines (RAP-4B only) to the BG-30B platforms in the rack. The
RAP fully supports up to four platforms with dual power feeding. In
addition to the space needed for RAP installation, you must leave at least
50 mm of free space under the RAP for cable routing.
NOTE: The RAP-BG does not support alarm monitoring

lines.

One FST for each BG-30 with optical modules. Each FST contains two
storage reels, enabling the fiber to be stored on the right or left side of the
tray. Leave at least 50 mm of free space between the BG-30 platform and
its FST, and another 50 mm free between the FST and the next BG-30
platform.

xDDF-21. When unbalanced E1 interfaces are needed, the xDDF-21 must


be installed with the BG-30. Each xDDF-21 can support 21 channels of E1.
The xDDF-21 can be installed anywhere on the same rack as the BG-30
platform or on another rack.

ICP_MCP30. When an RS-232 or V.11 interface from the MCP30 is used,


the ICP_MPC30 must be installed to distribute the concentrated Auxiliary
connector into dedicated connectors for each function. The ICP_MCP30
can be installed anywhere on the same rack as the BG-30 platform.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-7

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Integrating BG-30 Platforms and Other


Equipment in One Rack
When BG-30 platforms and associated accessories do not occupy the entire
rack, additional equipment can be installed in the remaining rack space. Make
sure that any heat generated by this equipment can be dissipated efficiently,
and that thermal isolation is provided between the various equipment units.
In the event of additional equipment being installed in the rack, contact ECI
Telecoms Customer Support team for assistance.

Figure 2-1: Typical installation of four BG-30 platforms in an ETSI 2200 rack

2-8

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Preparing Cables and Fibers


NOTE: This section provides information for preparing

cables and optical fibers. The necessary cables can be ordered


from ECI Telecom. For details, contact ECI Telecoms
Customer Support team or your ECI Telecom sales
representative.

Before you start:


The following main types of cables are required for installing the BG-30:

Grounding cables (page 2-10)

DC power cables (RAP Input Power Cables (page 2-10) and Platform
Power Cables (page 2-11))

Alarm cables (page 2-11)

Management cables (page 2-11)

Timing (clock) cables (page 2-12)

Optical fibers (page 2-14)

Electric traffic cables (page 2-12)

Some of these cables are supplied as part of the BG-30 equipment, while others
must be prepared on site or ordered separately from ECI Telecom.
In the following sections, you will find information about the cables, and how
to prepare them on site, where relevant. For details about the equipment
connector types and cable wiring, see Connection Data (page A-1).
WARNING: When preparing cables, in particular power and
grounding cables, use only UL-listed components of the
specified types. Components must also comply with any
applicable national and local safety codes and regulations.
Only qualified trained personnel may be involved in the
preparation of the various cable types. Personnel must use
only approved procedures, in accordance with the applicable
workmanship practice.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-9

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Grounding Cables
Platform grounding is achieved by connecting the platform to the rack using
rack mounting brackets. Grounding is provided by contact when the unit is
fastened to the rack.
A reliable low-impedance connection must be provided using copper
conductors between the rack frame and the site grounding bus.
Make the connection between the rack grounding screw and the site grounding
bus with a 2 AWG (35 mm2) or thicker copper lead with yellow/green
insulation, in compliance with UL/ETSI recommendations.
Route grounding conductors along the shortest possible route. Treat the bare
portion of the conductor with antioxidant and connect a listed two-hole
compression lug. If the lug is not plated, polish it until it has a bright finish and
coat it with antioxidant before connecting it to the frame of the rack. Do not
mix different types of metal conductors.

DC Power Cables
DC power cables must be prepared on site. Two types of DC power cables are
needed:

RAP input power cables

Platform power cables

ECI Telecom recommends the use of shielded power cables for DC power
connections, with the shields connected to the frame ground at the rack end
only.

RAP Input Power Cables


The RAP input power cables are prepared on site. They connect input power
from the site power distribution subsystem to the DC input terminals of the
RAP.
Two input power cables are required for each rack, one for each source. The
cables must use copper leads complying with UL/ETSI recommendations. Use
a red lead for the positive conductor and a black lead for the negative
conductor. The RAP cable ends must be terminated in M6 cable lugs matching
the conductor gauge.
The recommended cable gauge is 25 mm or thicker. This gauge ensures that
the voltage drop across the rack power cable does not exceed 2 V, even for
cable runs of maximum 30 meters connected to a RAP and providing power to
multiple BG-30 platforms.

2-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

When the RAP is used to provide power to a single BG-30 platform, lower-lead
gauges may be used, as follows:

For runs not exceeding 20 meters, use 10 mm2 copper leads.

For runs not exceeding 30 meters, use 16 mm2 copper leads.

Platform Power Cables


One 12 AWG cable, supplied by ECI Telecom, connects the input power from
the rack RAP unit to the POWER IN connector on each INF_30B or
INF_30BH module of each BG-30B platform installed in the rack.

Alarm Cables
Alarm cables used within BG-30 equipment are included in the shipment
according to site specifications.
The alarm indications are carried by the platform alarm indication cable. One
platform alarm indication cable is required for each BG-30 platform installed in
the rack. There are two types of alarm cable. If the ICP_MCP30 is not
installed, an alarm cable connects between the Auxiliary connector on the
MCP30 and one of the Alarms connectors on the RAP (RAP-4B only). If the
ICP_MCP30 is installed, another alarm cable connects between the Alarms
connector on the ICP_MCP30 and one of the Alarms connectors on the RAP
(RAP-4B only). Cable length is 2 m.
NOTE: There are no Alarms connectors on the RAP-BG.

Management Cables
Out-of-band management traffic is connected to a BG-30 platform via the
RJ-45 (MNG) connector located on the front panel of the MCP30.
The MNG Ethernet connector is wired as a 10BaseT station port for direct
connection through an RJ-45-to-RJ-45 straight cable to a port of a 10BaseT
Ethernet hub.
Suitable standard Ethernet station cables are available from many sources.
Cables of Category 5 or better must be used. In all cases, the length of the
cables must not exceed the maximum recommended for the cable type and hub
port in use (up to a few dozen meters).

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-11

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Timing (Clock) Cables


The BG-30 platform uses an RJ-45 connector on the MCP30 front panel that
integrates the two timing reference interfaces (2 x T3 and 2 x T4). If it has
balanced (120 ) G.703 interfaces, a multi twisted-pair cable with an RJ-45
connector (supplied by ECI Telecom) is used to connect timing signals from
the BG-30 to the site timing reference distribution subsystems.
If the site timing reference distribution subsystem has unbalanced (75 ) G.703
interfaces, configure an adapter with coaxial cables that provides
balanced-to-unbalanced conversion (supplied by ECI Telecom).

Electric Traffic Cables


Some electric traffic cables can be prepared on site. The following table lists
the type of cables and mating connectors needed for each BG-30 traffic
interface type.
Table 2-5: Traffic cables mating connector data for BG-30B
Module or
card

Interface type

Cable type

Mating connector

Connector at
other end

Qty./Module

PME1_21

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Multipair cable
(2 x 21 120
twisted pairs)

100-pin SCSI
male

Open

PME1_21 1

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair
cable (2 x 21
120 twisted
pairs)

100-pin SCSI
male

2 x 50-pin
SCSI male

PME1_63

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps

3 x twin
multipair cable
(2 x 21 120 W
twisted pairs)

2 x 136-pin
VHDCI

Open
(connects to
DDF)

xDDF-21

E1 unbalanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open
(prepared in
the field)

42

PM345_3

E3/DS-3 (34/45
Mbps)

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open
(prepared in
the field)

SMD1B 2

STM-1 electrical

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3 (on


electrical SFP)

Open
(prepared in
the field)

2/4

SMQ1 3

STM-1e

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open
(prepared in
the field)

Cable is used to connect the PME1_21 E1 interface connector to the xDDF-21.


Electrical or optical SFPs can be used when working in STM-1; the cable type is determined according to the SFP
used.
3
Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.
2

2-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Module or
card

Interface type

Cable type

Mating connector

Connector at
other end

SMQ1&4 4

STM-1e

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open
(prepared in
the field)

XIO30_1/4 5

STM-1 electrical

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open
(prepared in
the field)

XIO30Q_
1&4

STM-1e

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open
(prepared in
the field)

DMEOP_4

100BaseT

Cat.5e

RJ-45

RJ-45

Cat.5e

RJ-45

RJ-45

10/100/1000Base Cat.5e
T

RJ-45

RJ-45

DMGE_2_L2 8 10/100/1000Base Cat.5e


T

RJ-45

RJ-45

DMGE_4_L2 9 10/100/1000Base Cat.5e


T

RJ-45

RJ-45

DMGE_1_L1 6 1000BaseT
DMGE_4_L1

Qty./Module

Table 2-6: Traffic cables mating connector data for BG-30E


Module or
card

Interface type

Cable type

Mating connector

Connector at
other end

Qty./Module

PE1_63

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Multipair cable
(2 x 21 120
twisted pairs)

2 x 50-pin SCSI
male

Open

PM345_3E

E3/DS-3 (34/45 Coaxial cable


Mbps)

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open
(prepared in
the field)

MPS_2G_8F

10/100/1000Ba
seT

Cat.5e

RJ-45

RJ-45

10

TP21_2

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair
cable (2 x 21
120 twisted
pairs)

Twin 2 x 68-pin
VHDCI male

Open
(prepared in
the field)

TP21_2 10

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair
cable (2 x 21
120 twisted
pairs)

Twin 2 x 68-pin
VHDCI male

100-pin SCSI
male

TP63_1

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair
cable (2 x 21
120 twisted
pairs)

Twin 2 x 68-pin
VHDCI male

Open
(prepared in
the field)

Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.
Electrical or optical SFPs can be used when working in STM-1; the cable type is determined according to the SFP
used.
6
Cable is required when the DMGE_1_L1 is working in electrical mode (RJ-45).
7
Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.
8
Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.
9
Cables are required when electrical SFPs are used in the module.
10
Cable is used to connect protection PME1_21 E1 interfaces connector to the TP21_2.
5

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-13

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Module or
card

Interface type

Cable type

Mating connector

Connector at
other end

Qty./Module

TP63_1 11

E1 balanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Twin multipair
cable (2 x 21
120 twisted
pairs)

Twin 2 x 68-pin
VHDCI male

Twin 2 x
68-pin
VHDCI male

TPS1_1

STM-1e/
E3/DS3

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open
(prepared in
the field)

TPS1_1 12

STM-1e/
E3/DS3

Coaxial cable

DB 8W8P

DIN 1.0/2.3

xDDF-21

E1 unbalanced
(2.048 Mbps)

Coaxial cable

DIN 1.0/2.3

Open
(prepared in
the field)

42

Optical Fibers
Optical fibers can be prepared on site. The following table lists the type of
cables and mating connectors needed to prepare cables for each BG-30 module.
For each optical interface, ECI Telecom supplies patch cords with mating
optical connectors already attached to the fiber. Therefore, only the optical
termination on the ODF side, which is installation-dependent, must be installed
on site.
The optical fibers for connecting to equipment installed in a given rack must
enter the rack from the top, be threaded through cable guides running along the
rack side rails, and end at the FST. The FST must contain enough fiber length
for extracting modules from the BG-30 and for replacing fiber in case of
damage (splicing repairs).
When routing fibers, make sure to observe the minimum bending radius (35
mm).
Table 2-7: Optical fibers and mating connector data for BG-30B

11
12

I/O module

Interface type

Fiber type

Mating
connector

Qty./Module

SMD1B

STM-1 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

4 fibers

SMQ1

STM-1 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

8 fibers

SMQ1&4

STM-1&4
optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

8 fibers

SMS4

STM-4 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords

LC male

2 fibers

SMD4

STM-4 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

4 fibers

SMS16

STM-16 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

2 fibers

Cable is used to connect protection PE1_63 or PME1_21 E1 interfaces connector to the TP63_1
Cable is used to connect protection card interfaces connector to the TPS1_1

2-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

I/O module

Interface type

Fiber type

Mating
connector

Qty./Module

XIO30_1

STM-1 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface
OR
One fiber patch cord per
interface if a bidirectional SFP
module is used

LC male

2 fibers
OR
1 fibers (if a
bidirectional SFP
module is used)

XIO30Q_1&4

STM-1&4
optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

8 fibers

XIO30_4

STM-4 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

4 fibers

XIO30_16

STM-16 optical One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

2 fibers

DMFX_4_L1

100BaseFX

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

8 fibers

DMGE_1_L1 13

1000BaseFX

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

2 fibers

DMGE_4_L1 14

1000BaseFX

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

8 fibers

DMFX_4_L2

100BaseFX

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

8 fibers

DMGE_2_L2 15

1000BaseFX

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

4 fibers

Table 2-8: Optical fibers and mating connector data for BG-30E
I/O module

Interface type

Fiber type

Mating
connector

Qty./Module

S1_4

STM-1 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

S4_1

STM-4 optical

One pair of fiber patch cords

LC male

ESW_2G_8F_E

GbE optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

MPS_2G_8F

GbE optical

One pair of fiber patch cords per


interface

LC male

13

Fibers are required when DMGE_1_L1 is working in SFP mode. Multimode fiber for 1000BaseSX, and single
mode fiber for 1000BaseLX/ZX.
14
Fibers are required when DMGE_4_L1/DMGE_2_L2 interfaces are working in 1000BaseFX mode. The fiber type
must be multimode.
15
Fibers are required when DMGE_4_L1/DMGE_2_L2 interfaces are working in 1000BaseFX mode. The fiber type
must be multimode.
426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-15

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Work and Equipment Safety


NOTE: BG-30 equipment is intended for installation in
restricted-access areas only.
BG-30 platforms contain power sources of varying voltages. Note the
following guidelines when installing the platforms:
Before you start:

2-16

Ensure the integrity of the grounding connections.

Make sure that sufficient lighting is available.

Do not work on any equipment connected to a voltage source (DC or AC).

Ensure that the maximum working temperature does not exceed 70C.

Use only insulated tools.

Wear protective clothing as required by the requisite safety regulations.

Do not install or maintain equipment connected to external lines (for


example, E1 tributaries) during thunderstorms.

Avoid contact with high-voltage sources when installing platforms, cards,


and modules.

Make sure you are familiar with the warning signals and labels on the
equipment and strictly observe the procedures needed to avoid the indicated
hazards.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Grounding Requirements
All the equipment, including BG-30 platforms, ancillary units, and equipment
from other vendors, must be properly grounded at all times. Good equipment
grounding is necessary to protect personnel and equipment, minimize noise,
and allow the discharge of accumulated static charges to earth.

Rack Grounding Requirements


Connect the rack to the site grounding bar with a ground cable according to
ETSI recommendations (top/bottom connection).
The rack is supplied with a main copper or brass grounding bolt welded to the
rack frame. The grounding stud is identified on the rack by the ground symbol
label.
The rack grounding bolt must be connected to the site grounding bar by a 35
mm2 (2 AWG) grounding cable or thicker, as short as possible, complying with
UL/ETSI recommendations. The bolt must be free of paint. The cable must be
made of copper strands and terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.
NOTE: If necessary, the gauge of the grounding lead can also
be reduced to the gauge of the RAP power leads.
The rack mounting rails must be free of paint and provide electrical continuity
to the main grounding bolt. The resistance between any rail and the rack main
grounding bolt must be less than 0.1 .
Pay particular attention to the area in which the RAP is attached. Remove paint
from the rack in this area to ensure efficient electrical contact.
CAUTION: Connect the RAP grounding bolt to the rack

grounding bolt with a grounding cable complying with


UL/ETSI recommendations. The cable must include bolt
terminals on both ends and be securely fastened with a nut
and a star washer.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-17

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Power Supply Requirements


The BG-30B, BG-30E, and EXT-2U platforms require two power sources with
a nominal voltage of -48 VDC. Each power source is protected by a UL-listed
circuit breaker installed in the RAP. The required circuit breakers are included
in the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment, and therefore, their
current rating is in accordance with the order.
The site operator must provide a readily accessible UL-listed disconnect device
incorporated in the fixed power wiring of the site. This device limits the
maximum delivered current to a safe value.
Table 2-9: BG-30B/E and EXT-2U circuit breaker data
Platform ID

Platform-to-RAP
connection type

Circuit
breaker
amps

BG-30B

One cable per


INF_30B or
INF_30BH input

8A

One cable per


INF_30E input

5A

BG-30E

Quantity per platform

EXT-2U

One cable per


INF_E2U input

16A

2-18

Expanded set
One Y cable per
(BG-30B+BG-3 set
0E)

12A

Expanded set
One Y cable per
(BG-30B+EXT- set
2U)

24A

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

One for nonredundant


powering
Two for redundant powering
One for nonredundant
powering
Two for redundant powering
One for nonredundant
powering
Two for redundant powering
One for nonredundant
powering
Two for redundant powering
One for nonredundant
powering
Two for redundant powering

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Laser Safety Requirements


Laser Classification
The equipment and components with laser devices described in this manual
comply with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) safety
standards, including IEC-60825-1 - Safety of Laser Products (AS/NZS 2211.2)
and IEC-825 Safety of Optical Fiber Communication Systems.
With specific regard to the laser, BG-30 equipment complies with laser product
performance standards set by government agencies for Class 1 laser products.
The product and its accessories do not emit hazardous light, and the beam is
totally enclosed during all operating modes and maintenance.

Warning Labels for Laser Products


The following labels are affixed to the platform front panel. The labels indicate
that the product is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product, Hazard Class 1M.

Figure 2-2: Laser warning label

Laser Safety Statutory Warning


All personnel involved in equipment installation and maintenance must be
aware that laser radiation is invisible. Therefore, although protective devices
generally prevent direct exposure to the beam, personnel must strictly observe
the applicable safety precautions and in particular must avoid staring into
optical connectors, either directly or through optical instruments.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-19

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Laser Device Operating Precautions


In addition to the general precautions described in this section, be sure to
observe the following warnings when operating a product equipped with a laser
device. Failure to observe these warnings could result in fire, bodily injury, and
damage to the equipment.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of exposure to hazardous
radiation, note the following:

When performing maintenance and other activities on


equipment using lasers, it is recommended that you use
protection goggles for the wavelength range of 1300 nm to
1600 nm.
Only authorized personnel must carry out hot insertion or
swapping of an optical module or optical interface
module.
To prevent irremediable damage to your eyes, avoid
looking into the fiber when hot-removing and/or inserting
a fiber termination.
Place plastic covers on module fiber ports and fiber
terminations that are not currently in use.
Do not operate controls, make adjustments, or perform
procedures associated with the laser device other than
those specified herein.

It is strictly forbidden to interfere with any protective devices


and interlocks that are used to prevent direct exposure to the
laser beam.

Laser Information
Information regarding the various optical modules available for the BG-30
platform is provided in the following tables.
Table 2-10: LC transceivers laser information STM-4 SFP

2-20

Module

Parameter

Data

STM-4 SFP

Laser designation

S3

L3

L5

Operating wavelength (nm)

1310

1310

1550

Source type

Single mode Single


mode

Single
mode

Minimum mean launched


power (dBm)

-15

-3

-3

Maximum mean launched


power (dBm)

-8

+2

+2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Table 2-11: LC transceivers laser information STM-1/100BaseFX SFP


Module

Parameter

Data

STM-1 SFP

Laser designation

S3

L3

L5

BD 3 16 BD 5 17

Operating
wavelength (nm)

1310

1310

1550

1310

1550

Source type

Single
mode

Single
mode

Single
mode

Single
mode

Single
mode

Minimum mean
launched power (dBm)

-15

-5

-5

-14

-14

Maximum mean
launched power (dBm)

-8

-8

-8

Table 2-12: LC transceivers laser information GbE SFP (OTGBE)


Module

Parameter

Data

GbE SFP

Laser designation

SX

LX

L5

Operating
wavelength (nm)

850

1310

1550

Source type

Multi mode

Single mode Single mode

Minimum mean launched


power (dBm)

-9.5

-11

-3

Maximum mean launched -3


power (dBm)

16
17

Single-fiber bidirectional transceivers with a transmit wavelength of 1310 nm.


Single-fiber bidirectional transceivers with a transmit wavelength of 1550 nm.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-21

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Protection Against Electrostatic


Discharge
This section provides guidelines regarding the protection of BG-30 equipment
and its components against electrostatic discharge (ESD) during handling,
packing/unpacking, transport, installation, commissioning, inspections,
servicing, and maintenance.
Electronic equipment, assemblies, and components that are ESDS (electrostatic
discharge sensitive) or include sensitive items are identified by the basic ESD
warning symbol shown in the following figure.

Figure 2-3: Basic ESD warning symbol

The information provided in this section is in line with CENELEC Electronic


Components Committee (CECC) specification CECC 00 015, which deals with
protection of devices sensitive to ESD.
Most types of electronic equipment, assemblies, and components can be
damaged by electrostatic discharges. An ESD between two objects occurs
when an object carrying static electrical charges touches or is brought near
another object.
Static electrical charges appear as a result of friction between surfaces of
insulating materials or separation of two such surfaces, and may also be
induced by electrical fields. Routine activities such as walking across an
insulating floor, friction between garment parts, friction between objects, and
so on, can easily build up charges to levels that may cause damage, especially
when humidity is low.
In many cases, the build-up of charge can be avoided by using special
materials, for example, garments and packaging of antistatic materials or
materials that have high resistance, but yet are not insulators.
The best way to avoid damage by ESD is a combination of means and
procedures that achieves the following goals:

Avoids build-up of electrostatic charges

Creates a protected work environment that helps prevent ESD

Provides means for controlled discharge of any accumulated electrostatic


charges when entering the protected work environment
NOTE: An area in which ESDS can be handled with
minimum risk of damage as a result of ESD or fields, and in
which the operator is not exposed to additional risks, is called
an ESD Protected Area (EPA).

2-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Before You Start

Personnel Training
During production and assembly, equipment is handled in workspaces
especially prepared and certified to serve as a permanent EPA. However, in
many cases, the environment in which the same equipment is installed or
maintained cannot be assumed to form an EPA with a permanently controlled
boundary. Therefore, all the work involving handling of unprotected ESD must
be considered as field work.
Field work in this context includes such activities as service and maintenance,
installation, site inspections, and commissioning of components and assemblies
classified as ESDS, together with associated packing and unpacking activities.
All the staff involved in field work must be trained to perform their work in the
same way as that performed in permanent EPAs with respect to the material
quality, personal responsibilities, training, labeling, and packing.

Use of a Temporary EPA


Where necessary, use a temporary EPA. The EPA toolkit includes:

Wrist strap with 1 M series resistor

Bonding strap with 1 M series resistor

ESD carpet (work surface), 0.25 m2 minimum

The temporary EPA must include temporary controlled work surfaces and/or
flooring capable of providing protection against ESD.
CAUTION: The temporary EPA must be constructed in a way
that ensures electrical bonding of all the materials used, and
prevents the occurrence of any sudden changes in potential
within the EPA that could cause unacceptable voltages or
discharges to be applied to ESDS.

The operator and any work surface and flooring must be bonded to ground
equipotentially. For this purpose, the work surface and wrist straps must be
bonded either to a designated ground bonding point or to the equipment being
serviced.
Whenever available, the mains ground serves as the ESD grounding facility.
WARNING: While the operator is within the temporary EPA,
the minimum value of resistance used for bonding to ground
must limit the current to ground, produced by voltages
accessible to the operator, to limits specified as safe by the
applicable regulations (see, for example, CECC 00 015). The
same approach is applicable to the surface resistance and
resistance to ground of materials used for temporary work
surfaces and flooring.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

2-23

Before You Start

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To enable ESD bonding to ground of equipment racks and any other


nonmoveable equipment containing ESD, an ESD ground-bonding facility
must be located near such equipment, or the equipment must be fitted with a
designated ground-bonding point presenting a resistance to ground not greater
than 1 M.

Work Arrangements within a Temporary


EPA
To ensure that effective ESD protection is indeed achieved, the following
arrangements must be observed by persons entering and/or performing field
work within a temporary EPA:

2-24

All operators working within a temporary EPA must wear, as a minimum,


an ESD antistatic protecting garment made of cotton.

If the extent of the temporary work area is such that the operator needs to
walk and move within that area, the floor of the area must be capable of
providing protection against ESD.

The operator must be bonded to ground at all times when handling ESDS.

If it becomes necessary to remove ESDS equipment and transfer it to a


temporary work surface away from the other equipment, the ESDS must be
given protective packaging unless equipotential bonding to ground of the
operator is maintained.

An ESDS unit must be placed directly into protective packaging when it is


removed from equipment. A replacement ESDS must be kept in its
protective packaging until required for immediate installation in the
equipment.

The field service operator must ensure that the materials and tools
necessary to maintain and control the temporary EPA are available at the
place of the field work at service time.

All tools for use within the EPA must, as far as is practical, be constructed
so that they do not generate or hold an induced electrostatic charge.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

3
Installing Equipment
In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... 3-1
Preliminary Preparations ................................................................................. 3-2
Installation Sequence ....................................................................................... 3-2
Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection ................................................. 3-5
Installation Options.......................................................................................... 3-6
Installing Ancillary Units in Racks ................................................................. 3-8
Installing the BG-30B Platform in the Rack.................................................. 3-31
Installing the BG-30E Platform in the Rack .................................................. 3-47
Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the Rack ................................................. 3-61
Connecting Fibers and Cables to the BG-30 Shelf ........................................ 3-73

Overview
This chapter provides general instructions for installing the BG-30 and
auxiliary equipment.
The procedures for equipment replacement and upgrades are similar to those
for installation, and when relevant, notes regarding live replacement or upgrade
are inserted in these procedures.
Use the information in this chapter in conjunction with specific site installation
plans in a particular customer network. If you are interested in obtaining design
or installation assistance from ECI Telecoms Customer Support team or wish
to prepare a network installation plan, contact your ECI Telecom sales
representative.
The BG-30 platforms, cards, modules, and ancillary equipment are described in
the BroadGate Product Line Reference Manual.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-1

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Preliminary Preparations
The installation procedures assume that:

The sites at which installation is to be carried out comply with the


requirements listed in Site Preparation (page 2-4).

The preliminary preparations specified in Before You Start have been


completed.

Before you start, determine what equipment is to be installed in the rack by


referring to the site installation plan, and note the exact position of each unit.
To avoid errors, it is recommended that you mark the prescribed positions on
the rack rails using a soft pencil.

Installation Sequence
Each component of the BG-30 system is supplied separately and must be
installed in the correct sequence according to the site plan.
A typical installation might include the equipment illustrated in the following
figure. The different components are described according to the installation
steps.
NOTE: If you are not installing an FST for a particular BG-30
platform, it is recommended that you leave empty space in the
rack in case optical modules are added in the future. If you
are not installing a BG-30E for a particular BG-30B platform,
it is highly recommended that you leave enough empty space
(about 5 U) above the BG-30B platform in case one is added
in the future.
CAUTION:

3-2

If additional equipment is used in the rack, a heat buffer or


a buffer plate must be installed between such equipment
and the BG-30 platform to minimize the transfer of heat
from platform to platform. This heat buffer must be
purchased from ECI Telecom.
During the installation of equipment in the rack, make
sure all the optical connectors are closed by protective
caps. Do not remove the cap until an optical fiber is
connected to the corresponding connector.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Figure 3-1: Typical installation of a single BG-30 platform in a 2200 ETSI rack

NOTE: The FST must be installed below the BG-30B. If the


BG-30E is not installed, reserve space above the BG-30B for
it.
Depending on the specific equipment being installed, the installation of a
BG-30 system comprises the following stages, listed in order of execution.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-3

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 3-1: Outline of typical BG-30B equipment installation sequence


Step

3-4

Procedure

Install a rack (if required).

Unpack and perform a visual inspection.

Install ancillary equipment in the rack, including:


RAP unit
FST (optional)
Optional ODF units
Optional DDF units
Optional ICP_MCP30 unit

Install the BG-30B platform in the rack.

Install the BG-30B modules in the BG-30B platform. BG-30B modules


include:
2 x INF_30B or INF_30BH, 1 x FCU_30B or FCU_30BH, 1 x MCP30, 2 x
XIO30 cards (XIO30_1, XIO30Q_1&4, XIO30_4, or XIO30_16) and
several Tslot modules (such as PME1_21 and DMFE_4_L1).

Install the SFP modules in the BG-30B platform (for XIO30 modules).

Route and connect all cables and fibers, including:


Power and alarm cables
Optical fibers to optical modules transceivers
Traffic cables to electrical cards
Data cables
Timing cables
Management cable

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Unpacking and Performing


Visual Inspection
Before you start:
Before unpacking, make a preliminary inspection of the shipping boxes.
Immediately report evidence of damage to the carrier, the project manager, and
your local ECI Telecom representative.
CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices
Proper handling and grounding precautions required
BG-30 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD. To
prevent ESD damage, strictly observe all the precautions
listed in Protection Against Electronic Discharge (page 2-22).
Keep parts and cards in their antistatic packaging material
until you are ready to install them.
The use of an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded
equipment frame or rack is recommended when handling
cards and modules during installation, removal, or connection
to internal connectors.

Unpack the equipment on a clean flat surface.


To unpack the equipment:
1. Place the shipping boxes with the top upwards, cut the sealing tape using a
short knife so as not to damage the internal items, and open the top flaps.
2. Remove the items contained in the box and inspect each one for damage.
Check for loose parts or any visual damage to the rack, platform, and
auxiliary equipment. Also check the integrity of all the connectors, leads,
and cables.
NOTE: Do not remove plastic covers from optical connectors
until optical cables are connected to them.

3. Search the shipping boxes for any additional small items that may be
present.
4. Open each of the module and card packages for inspection, but do not
remove the modules/cards from their individual protective packages until
they can be inserted in the platform.
5. Check the contents of the shipping boxes against the packing list attached
to each box. If damaged parts are detected or if any parts are missing,
notify the project manager and your local ECI Telecom representative
immediately.
426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-5

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installation Options
It is recommended that BG-30 platforms be installed in ECI Telecom approved
racks. These racks can be installed on wooden, concrete, or suspended floors,
or suspended from overhead mountings.
The following racks are supported:

Standard 19

Standard ETSI

Open frame
NOTE: BG-30 platforms can also be installed in
standard street cabinets. Consult ECI Telecom for more
details.
By default, the BG-30 is shipped with 19 mounting brackets.
If you are installing in an ETSI rack, ETSI brackets must be
ordered separately and replaced in the field.

You can install up to eight BG-30B platforms in a rack. A typical installation


of four BG-30B platforms in an ETSI 2200 rack is shown in the following
figure.

3-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Figure 3-2: Typical installation of four BG-30B platforms

If necessary, contact the ECI Telecom Customer Support team or your ECI
Telecom sales representative for help in meeting your specific installation
requirements.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-7

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Ancillary Units in


Racks
ECI Telecom offers various accessories for efficient and optimal installation in
racks. Contact ECI Telecoms Customer Support team or your ECI Telecom
sales representative for additional items or custom modifications to standard
items.
The specific units you need to install depend on your site installation plan and
may include one or more of the following:

RAP unit: For connecting up to four or eight BG-30 platforms (BG-30 with
BG-30E is counted as two platforms) on the same rack, usually located at
the top. See Installing the RAP-BG (page 3-9) and Installing the RAP-4B
(page 3-15).

FST: Located under the BG-30B platform, recommended for installations


with a large number of optical modules. See Installing the Fiber Storage
Tray (page 3-22).

ODF units: See Installing the ODF (page 3-24).

xDDF-21: This unit must be installed for unbalanced E1 interfaces. See


Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel (page 3-27).

ICP_MPC30: This unit is used to distribute the concentrated Auxiliary


connector on the MCP30B panel into dedicated connectors for each
function. See Installing the ICP_MCP30 (page 3-28).

AC_CONV_UNIT: This unit is an AC power platform that can be mounted


separately on the rack. See Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT (page 3-30).

In general, ancillary units are attached to the rack side rails by four M6 Phillips
screws. No preparation is required before installation. The following sections
provide mechanical installation instructions for units that require additional
procedures. Skip sections that are not relevant to your particular application.
CAUTION: If additional equipment (other than BG-30

platforms) is installed in the rack, a heat buffer must be


installed between such equipment and the BG-30 to minimize
the transfer of heat from platform to platform. Consult your
ECI Telecom representative regarding the exact heat buffer
required.

3-8

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing the RAP-BG


Before You Start:
Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables (page 2-10).
For a description of the RAP-BG, see the BroadGate Product Line Reference
Manual.
To install the RAP-BG:
1. Prepare DC power cables.
2. Install the RAP-BG in the prescribed location.
3. Ground the RAP-BG to the rack grounding stud.
4. Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-BG.
5. Connect the DC power cables of the BroadGate platforms to the RAP-BG.
6. Install circuit breakers.
7. Check power wiring.

Preparing DC Input Power Cables


NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for

connecting DC power, the positive lead (+48 V) must be


connected with a red cable and the negative lead (-48 V) with
a black cable. However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and
HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead must be
connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray
cable. In the following sections that describe DC power cable
connections, use cables of appropriate colors to comply with
the standards in your area of residence.

The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the
RAP-BG source A and source B inputs. Two cables are required, one for each
source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with a cross section of
50 mm2 (.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a
compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.
NOTE: When the RAP-BG provides power to a single
BroadGate platform, lower gauge cables can be used. See DC
Power Cables (page 2-10) for DC power cable requirements.
CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared

at the prescribed rack location, make sure that the leads are
not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the
lugs.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-9

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To prepare a DC power cable:


1. Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.
2. Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3. Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate
crimping tool and die. The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720
crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping tool with D50 die,
or equivalent.
It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead
jacket) between the cable lug and the cable itself.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 above for the black lead.

Installing the RAP-BG


The RAP-BG is attached to the rack side rails at the top position of the rack.
To install the RAP-BG:

Attach the RAP-BG to the side rails and secure it with the four screws,
washers, and nuts supplied in the installation parts kit.

To ground the RAP-BG:


1. The RAP-BG grounding stud is located on its rear cover, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 3-3: Location of RAP-BG grounding stud

2. If necessary, prepare a grounding lead in accordance with the requirements


described in Grounding Requirements (page 2-17).
3. Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-BG grounding
stud, using a spring washer and nut.
4. Connect the lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the rack
grounding stud.

3-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-BG:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
RAP-BG by referring to the following figure.

Figure 3-4: Identification of RAP-BG cable routes

2. Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-BG front cover and remove
the cover.
3. Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board
by referring to the following figure (showing the terminals at source A side;
a similar board is used at source B side).

Figure 3-5: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-BG

CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to


identify the terminal polarity on the RAP-BG power terminal
board.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-11

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

4. Bring the two leads of DC source A input power cable to the appropriate
RAP-BG opening.
5. Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on
the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
6. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut
with a torque of 1450 N cm to 1600 N cm.
7. Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on
the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
8. Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
9. If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for
source B.
10. Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using
cable ties.
During the following procedure, refer to the figures in Connecting DC power
cables to the RAP-BG (page 3-11).
To connect the DC power cables to a platform:
1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
RAP-BG.
2. Insert the DC power cable end, terminated with lugs, of the BG-30 platform
through the opening for platform power cables connecting to source A. If
more platforms are installed in the rack, start by connecting the Platform 1
cable.
3. Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud
terminal of Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
4. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut
with a torque of 320 N cm to 350 N cm.
5. Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of
Platform 1 on the power terminal board.

3-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

6. Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.


7. Identify the platform's grounding terminals located on the inner side panel
of the RAP-BG as shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-6: RAP-BG platform power cable grounding screws

8. Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the
ground stud terminal located on the RAP-BG side panel.
9. Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.
10. If additional BG-30 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to 9
for each platform power cable.
11. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the
platforms to source B.
12. Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to the
corresponding platform position, and then securely attach the power cable
to the rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each power connector
in accordance with its function.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-13

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To install the RAP-BG circuit breakers:


1. If the RAP-BG front panel has not been removed, open the two captive
screws fastening it to the RAP-BG chassis and remove the cover.

Figure 3-7: RAP-BG front cover removal

2. Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to the power circuit A of Shelf 1


(the circuit breaker is included in the installation parts kit supplied with the
equipment; its rating is in accordance with the ordered platform
configuration).

Figure 3-8: RAP-BG circuit breaker installation

3. Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the
RAP-BG source A power terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.
4. If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert
the circuit breakers into the corresponding platform positions of the power
terminal board.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 for source B
circuit breakers.

3-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To check DC voltage polarity:


1. Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see
Grounding Requirements (page 2-17)).
2. Connect the DC input power to the RAP-BG.
3. Set all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to ON.
4. Use a digital multimeter (DMM) to test the voltage between the positive
and negative contacts of each power cable.
The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector
contacts assembled on the cable end connected to the BG-30 platform, as
seen when looking into the connector.

Figure 3-9: Platform DC input power connector pin functions

5. Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC),
and that it has the correct polarity.
6. Return all the RAP-BG circuit breakers to OFF.
7. Disconnect the RAP-BG input power sources.
8. Reinstall the RAP-BG front cover and fasten it using the two captive
screws.

Installing the RAP-4B


Before You Start:
Before connecting DC power cables, see DC Power Cables.
For a description of the RAP-4B, see 9200 series Reference Manual.
To install the RAP-4B:
1. Prepare DC power cables.
2. Install the RAP-4B in the prescribed location.
3. Ground the RAP-4B to the rack grounding stud.
4. Connect input DC power cables to the RAP-4B.
5. Connect the DC power cables of the BroadGate platforms to the RAP-4B.
6. Install circuit breakers.
7. Check power wiring.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-15

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Preparing DC Input Power Cables


NOTE: According to accepted industry standards for

connecting DC power, the positive lead (+48 V) must be


connected with a red cable, and the negative lead (-48 V) with
a black cable. However, according to the BS7671 (GB) and
HD 308 S2:2001 (EU) standards, the positive lead must be
connected with a blue cable and the negative lead with a gray
cable. In the following sections use cables of the colors to
comply with the standards in your area of residence.

The DC input power cables connect the two DC power sources and the
RAP-4B source A and source B inputs. Two cables are required, one for each
source. Each cable consists of two stranded copper leads with a cross section of
50 mm2 (0.078 in.2), one red and the other black. Each lead is terminated with a
compression lug from the installation parts kit supplied with the equipment.
NOTE: When the RAP-4B provides power to a single
BroadGate platform, lower gauge cables may be used. See
DC Power Cables for DC power cable requirements.
CAUTION: If appropriate leads have already been prepared

at the prescribed rack location, make sure that the leads are
not connected to any live voltage source before attaching the
lugs.

To prepare a DC power cable:


1. Strip about 22 mm (1 in.) of the red lead jacket.
2. Insert all lead strands into the lug sleeve.
3. Press at two or three different points on the lug sleeve using an appropriate
crimping tool and die. The recommended tools are Panduit CT-720
crimping tool with CD-720-2 die, Klauke K18 crimping tool with D50 die,
or equivalent.
It is recommended to use insulation tape (of the same color as the lead
jacket) between the cable lug and the cable itself.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the black lead.

3-16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing the RAP-4B


The RAP-4B is attached to the rack side rails at the top of the rack.
To install the RAP-4B:

Attach the RAP-4B to the side rails and secure it with the four screws,
washers, and nuts supplied in the installation parts kit.

To ground the RAP-4B:


NOTE: The RAP-4B is supplied, by default, with a grounding
cable connected to the rear of the unit. Use this cable to
connect ground to the RAP-4B.

1. The RAP-4B grounding studs are located on its rear cover as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 3-10: Locating RAP-4B grounding stud

If a grounding cable is already attached to the RAP-4B, skip Steps 2 and 3.


2. If necessary, prepare a grounding lead (with a two-hole lug) as details
described in Grounding Requirements.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-17

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

3. Connect the lug at one end of the grounding lead to the RAP-4B grounding
studs, using spring washers and nuts.

Figure 3-11: RAP-4B with grounding cable

4. Connect the two-hole lug at the other end of the grounding lead to the
rack's grounding bar.
To connect DC input power cables to the RAP-4B:
1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
RAP-4B, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-12: Identifying RAP-4B cable routes

2. Open the two captive screws fastening the RAP-4B front cover and remove
it.

3-18

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

3. Identify the various terminals located on the power source terminal board,
as shown in the following figure (showing source A side; a similar board is
used at source B side).

Figure 3-13: Connecting DC power cables to the RAP-4B

CAUTION: Before connecting the power leads, make sure to


identify the terminal polarity on the RAP-4B power terminal
board.

4. Bring the two leads of one DC source A input power cable to the
appropriate RAP-4B opening.
5. Attach the lug of the red lead to the positive stud terminal marked (+) on
the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
6. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and nut. Tighten the nut
with a torque of 940 N cm to 1060 N cm.
7. Attach the lug of the black lead to the negative stud terminal marked (-) on
the power terminal board (see the previous figure).
8. Repeat Step 6 for the black lead lug.
9. If an additional power source (source B) is used, repeat Steps 3 to 8 for
source B.
10. Securely attach the DC input power cables to the rack inner wall using
cable ties.
During the following procedure, refer to the figure Connecting DC power
cables to the RAP-4B (page 3-19).

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-19

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To connect the DC power cable to a platform:


1. Before starting, identify the openings used to route power cables to the
RAP-4B.
2. Insert the DC power cable end terminated in lugs of the BG-30 platform
through the opening for power cables connecting to source A. If more
platforms are installed in the rack, start by connecting the Platform 1 cable.
3. Attach the red lead lug of the platform power cable to the positive stud
terminal of Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
4. Secure the lug using a flat washer, spring washer, and M6 screw. Tighten
the M6 screw with a torque of 320 N cm to 350 N cm.
5. Attach the black lead lug of the power cable to the negative stud terminal of
Platform 1 on the power terminal board.
6. Repeat Step 4 for the black lead lug.
7. Identify the platforms grounding terminals located on the inner side panel
of the RAP-4B according to the following figure.

Figure 3-14: RAP-4B platform power cable grounding screws

8. Attach the grounding (shield) lead lug of the platform power cable to the
ground stud terminal located on the RAP-4B side panel.
9. Repeat Step 4 for the grounding lead lug.
10. If more BG-30 platforms are installed in the rack, repeat Steps 2 to 9 for
each platform power cable.
11. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 10 to connect the
platforms to source B.
12. Route each platform power cable along the rack side rails down to its
corresponding platform, and then securely attach the power cable to the
rack inner wall using cable ties. Attach a tag to each power connector in
accordance with its function.
3-20

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To install the RAP-4B circuit breakers:


1. If the RAP-4B front panel has not been removed, open the two captive
screws fastening it to the chassis and remove the cover.

Figure 3-15: RAP-4B front cover removal

2. Identify the circuit breaker corresponding to power circuit A of Platform 1


(the circuit breaker is included in the installation parts kit supplied with the
equipment platform; its rating is in accordance with the ordered platform
configuration).

Figure 3-16: RAP-4B circuit breaker installation

3. Insert the circuit breaker into the circuit breaker sockets located on the
RAP-4B source A power terminal board, as shown in the previous figure.
4. If more platforms are powered from source A, repeat Steps 2 and 3 to insert
the circuit breakers into the corresponding platform positions of the power
terminal board.
5. If an additional power source is used, repeat Steps 2 to 4 above for source
B circuit breakers.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-21

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Checking DC Voltage Polarity


To check DC voltage polarity:
1. Make sure the correct site grounding test has been passed successfully (see
Grounding Requirements).
2. Connect the DC input power to the RAP-4B.
3. Set all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to ON.
4. Use a DMM to test the voltage between the positive and negative contacts
of each power cable.
The following figure identifies the functions of the power cable connector
contacts assembled on the cable end connected to the BG-30 platform, as
seen when looking into the connector.

Figure 3-17: Platform DC input power connector pin functions

5. Make sure the voltage is within the allowed range (-40 VDC to -72 VDC),
and that it has the correct polarity.
6. Return all the RAP-4B circuit breakers to OFF.
7. Disconnect the RAP-4B input power sources.
8. Reinstall the RAP-4B front cover and fasten it with the two captive screws.

Installing the FST


Install the FST 50 mm below the fiber guide. If additional equipment is
installed below it, such as another BG-30 platform, an additional 50 mm must
be left free between the FST and such equipment.
To install the FST in the rack:
1. Attach the FST to the rack rails and secure it using the four supplied
screws, washers, and nuts.
2. Prepare the necessary fibers according to the site cabling diagram and the
detailed cabling diagrams or tables of each platform. See the safety
information in Work and Equipment Safety (page 2-16) and Power Supply
Requirements.
3. Label the cables in accordance with the cabling diagrams or tables.

3-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4. Thread the optical fibers into the conduits running along the front supports
of the ETSI A rack, (or the rack sidewalls in an ETSI B rack).
5. Push the button on the front panel of the FST to release the latch, and pull
the FST towards you to open it.
NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches
with a click at the halfway position. Pull it again to open it
fully so that you can thread the fibers.
6. Thread the fibers into the FST, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-18: Threading optical fibers in the FST

NOTE: All optical fibers should be arranged in groups inside


the FST and fastened with Velcro strips.
7. Run the fibers up to the level of the corresponding optical connector.
8. Return the FST to the rack until it latches in place with a click.
CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are

closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with


the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap
until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding
connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a
cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm.
Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission
characteristics.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-23

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the ODF


Identify the prescribed ODF locations in the rack before performing the
following procedures.
The ODF is supplied with two sets of rack mounting brackets: one for 19 and
ETSI racks (for both ETSI A and B), and the other for 23 7-foot bay racks.
To attach the rack mounting brackets to the ODF:

Refer to the following figure to identify the required set of rack mounting
brackets, and attach each bracket to the corresponding ODF side panel with
three screws.

Figure 3-19: Attaching rack mounting brackets to the ODF

3-24

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To connect optical fibers to the ODF:


1. Push the release button on the ODF front panel to the left to release the
latch and pull it towards you. The cover opens downwards.

Figure 3-20: ODF front panel

Figure 3-21: ODF open view

2. Hold the end of the swing-out tray and pull it out to gain access to the ODF
components.
3. Open the two cover thumb nuts and remove the protective cover from the
ODF splice support.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-25

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

4. Insert the external fibers cable through the protective tube.

Figure 3-22: ODF fiber routes

5. Route the fiber ends through the cable guides to the splice support area.
6. Identify the adapter panel pigtail to be spliced to each user fiber.
7. Insert splicing sleeves over the pigtail, splice the user fiber to the pigtail,
and slide the splicing sleeve over the splice.
8. Place the splicing sleeve in one of the slots in the splice support.
NOTE: When more than 12 fibers are connected to the ODF,
start by first filling the slots of the lower splice support. After
those slots are occupied, reinstall the top splice support and
continue filling the support slots.
9. After splicing all the fibers, reinstall the protective cover removed in Step
3.
10. Push the swing-out tray back into the unit.
11. Close the ODF front cover by pushing it up until it clicks to the unit.
12. See the To attach the rack mounting brackets to the ODF procedure,
above, and secure the user fibers with cable ties to the fiber fastening
bracket at the rear of the ODF.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to fibers, do not tighten the
cable ties.

3-26

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To install ODF units in a rack:

Install each ODF in the prescribed rack position and fasten it to the rack
side rails with four screws.

Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel


The BG-30 only supports balanced E1s directly. For unbalanced E1s, install the
xDDF-21 that provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion for 21 E1s. The
number of xDDF-21 units to be installed with one BG-30B unit is based on the
number of PME1_21 modules (for the number of unbalanced E1s required).
To install an xDDF-21 patch panel:
1. Route the 100-pin SCSI cables leading from the E1 interfaces on the
PME1_21 panel along the side of the rack to the location where the
xDDF-21 patch panel is to be installed.
2. Before you install the patch panel, connect the SCSI cables leading to the
rear of the xDDF-21 patch panel. The cables are marked J1 and J2 and must
be connected to their respective connectors.
3. Attach the patch panel to the rack rails and secure using the four supplied
screws, washers, and nuts.
4. Connect the traffic cables to the front of the xDDF-21 patch panel, and
make a note of the appropriate channels on the identification label on the
inside of the panel door.

Installing the PIM2_63 Cable Guide and


Holder
The PIM2_63 cable guide and holder keeps the cable in the right position so
that it does not interfere with closing the rack's door. The cable guide must be
installed above the BG-30 platform.
To install the PIM2_63 cable guide and holder:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the PIM2_63 cable guide and holder in
the rack in accordance with the rack installation plan.
2. Place the PIM2_63 cable guide and holder in the prescribed position and
fasten the unit to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-27

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the ICP_MCP30


To distribute the concentrated Auxiliary connector on the MCP30B panel into
dedicated connectors for each function, an MCP30B interconnection panel
(ICP) was developed. It is connected to the MCP30B module through a
back-to-back cable with 36-pin SCSI connectors on both sides. The
ICP_MCP30 can be installed anywhere in the rack.
To install an ICP_MCP30:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the ICP_MCP30 in the rack in
accordance with the rack installation plan.
2. Place the ICP_MCP30 in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing
pins to hold it temporarily in place, and then fasten the platform to the rack
side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.

Figure 3-23: Installing ICP_MCP30 in the rack

3-28

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing SM_10E ICPs


Three types of ICPs were developed to simplify installation and connection to
customer termination equipment. The ICP is connected to the SM_10E module
using a special cable that spreads the condensed cable to connector types
commonly used for each service. Each ICP can serve one SM_10E traffic
module. An ICP can be installed anywhere in the rack.
To install an SM_10E ICP:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the ICP in the rack in accordance with
the rack installation plan.
2. Place the ICP in the prescribed position using the two stabilizing pins to
hold it temporarily in place, and then fasten the platform to the rack side
rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.

Figure 3-24: Installing SM_10E ICPs in the rack

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-29

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT


The AC_CONV_UNIT is an AC power platform that can be mounted
separately in the rack. The AC_CONV_UNIT is supplied with one set of
combined rack mounting brackets for 19 and ETSI racks (for both ETSI A and
B racks).
To install an AC_CONV_UNIT:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack in
accordance with the rack installation plan.
2. Place the AC_CONV_UNIT in the prescribed position using the two
stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place, and then fasten the platform
to the rack side rails with four M6 screws, washers, and nuts.

Figure 3-25: Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT in the rack

3-30

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing the BG-30B Platform


in the Rack
Each BG-30B platform is supplied with two installed INF_30B or INF_30BH
modules, one installed FCU_30B or FCU_30BH module, and all other slots
empty (Tslots are covered by blank panels if they are to remain empty). The
installation activities covered in this section include:

Installing the Rail Stiffeners (page 3-31)

Installing the BG-30B Platform in the Rack (page 3-31)

Grounding the BG-30B Platform (page 3-33)

After these procedures, the BG-30B platform is ready for:

Installing the MCP30B Module (page 3-37)

Installing XIO30 Modules in the BG-30B (page 3-43)

Installing Tslot Modules in the BG-30B (page 3-44)

Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in the AC_CONV_UNIT (page 3-45)

Installing SFP Modules (page 3-46)

Installing the Rail Stiffeners


If you install the, BG-30B in the rack without rail stiffeners, because of its
weight, the rear side of the platform is slightly lower than the front side. This
makes installation of the BG-30E very difficult. The rail stiffeners ensure that
the BG-30B is level after it is installed in the rack. Two rail stiffeners are
shipped along with the platform.
CAUTION: Rack stiffeners must be installed before installing
the BG-30E on the BG-30B.
To install the rail stiffeners:
1. Locate the two rail stiffeners included as part of the BG-30B platform
package.
2. Determine the position for the rail stiffener on the racks left side rail
according to the position of the BG-30B platform in the rack and in
accordance with the rack installation plan.
3. Place the rail stiffener on the rear side of the racks left side rail.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-31

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

4. Fasten the rail stiffener to the racks left side rail with two M6 screws and
washers through the uppermost and lowermost holes of the rail stiffener.
5. Repeat Steps 2 to 4 to install the second rail stiffener on the racks right
side rail.

Figure 3-26: Installing rail stiffeners in the rack

Attaching the BG-30B Platform in the Rack


WARNING: Before starting, make sure the DC power is not
connected to the rack and that the circuit breakers in the RAP,
if used, are set to OFF.
Before you start:
Review the grounding requirements specified in Before You Start (page 2-1).
Obtain the required materials and make sure to perform the grounding
connections in accordance with these requirements.

3-32

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To attach a BG-30B platform to an ECI Telecom


recommended rack:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the BG-30B platform in the rack in
accordance with the rack installation plan.
2. Place the BG-30B platform in the prescribed position using the two
stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place, and then fasten the platform
to the rack side rails (to the second and third lowest screws in the rail
stiffeners) with four M6 screws and washers.

Grounding the BG-30B Platform


Before you start:
Review the grounding requirements specified in Preparing Cables and Fibers
(page 2-9). Obtain the required materials and make sure to perform the
grounding connections in accordance with these requirements.
To ground the BG-30B platform:

Connect the platform to the rack using rack mounting brackets. Grounding
is provided by contact of the unit with the rack.

Identifying Slots in the BG-30B


The BG-30B platform includes the following slots:

Two power supply module slots

One MCP30 slot

Two XIO30 card slots

One fan unit slot

Three traffic card slots (Tslots)

The following figure illustrates the slots arrangement.

Figure 3-27: BG-30B slots

The following table lists the modules that can be configured in each slot.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-33

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 3-2: BG-30B modules


Name

Applicable slots in BG-30B


DC
PSA

DC
PSB

INF_30B

INF_30BH

AC_CONV_30B

AC
PS

MS

XS A

XS B

TS 1#

TS 3#

FS

FCU_30B

FCU_30BH

MCP30

MCP30B

XIO30_1

XIO30_4

XIO30Q_1&4

XIO30_16

PME1_21

PME1_63

PM345_3

SMD1B

SMQ1

SMQ1&4

SMS4

SMD4
DMEoP_4

DMFE_4_L1

DMFX_4_L1

DMGE_1_L1

DMGE_4_L1
DMFE_4_L2

DMFX_4_L2

DMGE_2_L2

DMGE_4_L2

DMXE_22_L2

DMCES1_4

3-34

TS 2#

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

All cards support live insertion. Except for the INF_30B, INF_30BH,
FCU_30B, and FCU_30BH, all modules have the same dimensions. During
module installation, refer to BG-30B slots (page 3-33) and BG-30B modules to
ensure that you are inserting modules into their applicable slots. Modules are
designed so that they cannot be inserted into the wrong slot.
CAUTION: The mechanics in the platform and module panels
block the insertion of a module into an incorrect slot. When
inserting a module, if resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, check whether it is inserted into the correct slot. Do
not exert excessive force to insert the module, as this may
damage the BG-30 platform and the module.

Installing a Power Module in the BG-30B


The BG-30B platform must have two DC power modules (INF_30B or
INF_30BH) or one AC power module (AC_CONV_30B) installed in the power
module slot, and is always shipped with power module already installed. The
following procedure therefore describes replacing the power module.

Figure 3-28: Installing a power module in the BG-30B

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-35

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To install a power module in the BG-30B platform:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the INF_30B or INF_30BH module extractor and insert the rear end
of the module into the card guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with
the front of the BG-30B platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

Installing an FCU_30B or FCU_30BH in the


BG-30B
The BG-30B platform must have one Fan Control module (FCU_30B or
FCU_30BH) installed in the FCU slot, and is shipped with the module already
installed. The following procedure therefore describes replacing the module.

Figure 3-29: Installing an FCU_30B/ FCU_30BH module in the BG-30B

To install an FCU_30B/FCU_30BH module in the BG-30B


platform:
1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the FCU_30B or FCU_30BH module extractor and insert the rear end
of the module into the card guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with
the front of the BG-30B platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.
3-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing an MCP30B Module


The BG-30B platform is always delivered without the MCP30B installed. It
must therefore be installed in the field.
A pluggable CF card is installed inside the MCP30B/D, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 3-30: Location of the CF card inside the MCP30B/D

The MCP30B/D cannot work without a proper CF card. Use only CF cards
supplied by ECI Telecom. The MCP30B/D is always delivered without the CF
card, so it must be installed in the field. The installation of the MCP30B/D
includes the following steps:

Installing a CF card in the MCP30B/D

Installing the MCP30B/D in the BG-30B platform

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-37

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To install a CF card in the MCP30B/D:

Figure 3-31: Installing a CF card into the MCP30B/D

1. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the CF card and insert the rear end of the card into the CF slot of the
MCP30B/D. The obtuse angle of the card must be placed towards the slot
near the panel side.
4. Push the CF card in until it clicks in place.

3-38

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To install an MCP30B/D module in the BG-30B platform:

Figure 3-32: Installing an MCP30B module in the BG-30B

1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the MCP30B/D module extractor and insert the rear end of the power
module into the card guides of the MS slot.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with
the front of the BG-30B platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a
screwdriver.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-39

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing an MCP30 Module


The BG-30B platform is always delivered without an MCP30 module installed.
It must therefore be installed in the field.
A pluggable SD card is installed inside the MCP30, as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 3-33: Location of the SD card inside the MCP30

The MCP30 cannot work without a proper SD card. Use only SD cards
supplied by ECI Telecom. The MCP30 is always delivered without the SD
card, so it must be installed in the field. The installation of the MCP30 includes
the following steps:

3-40

Installing an SD card in the MCP30

Installing the MCP30 in the BG-30B platform

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To install an SD card in the MCP30:

Figure 3-34: Installing the SD card into the MCP30

1. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the SD card and insert the rear end of the card into the SD slot of the
MCP30. The obtuse angle of the card must be placed towards the slot near
the panel side.
4. Push the SD card in until it clicks in place.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-41

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To install an MCP30 module in the BG-30B platform:

Figure 3-35: Installing an MCP30 module in the BG-30B

1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the MCP30 module extractor and insert the rear end of the power
module into the card guides of the MS slot.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with
the front of the BG-30B platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a
screwdriver.

3-42

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing XIO30 Modules in the BG-30B


Each BG-30B platform must have two XIO30 modules installed. For a list of
available XIO30 modules and their technical descriptions, see the BroadGate
Product Line Reference Manual.
The BG-30B platform is always delivered without XIO30 modules, so they
must be installed in the field.

Figure 3-36: Installing an XIO30 module in the BG-30B

To install an XIO30 in the BG-30B platform:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the XIO30 extractor and insert its rear end into the module guides of
one of the XS slots.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with
the front of the BG-30B platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-43

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Tslot Modules in the BG-30B


The BG-30B platform has three Tslots which are empty upon delivery (covered
by blank panels). The modules must therefore be installed in the field
according to the site installation plan.
For a list of available Tslot modules and their technical descriptions, see the
BroadGate Product Line Reference Manual.
NOTES:

The DMXE_22_L2 is not supported in slot TS1 of the


BG-30B.
Always install the DMXE_22_L2 on the left slots (near as
possible to the fan units).

Figure 3-37: Installing a Tslot module in the BG-30B

To install a Tslot module in the BG-30B platform:


1. Loosen the two screws of the Tslot blank panel and remove it.
2. Check that the Tslot module has not been physically damaged during
shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is
sealed.
3. Remove the Tslot module from its antistatic protection packaging and
perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any
problems.
4. Hold the Tslot module extractor and insert its rear end into the module
guides.
5. Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of
the BG-30B platform. If resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat
the procedure.
6. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.
3-44

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in the


AC_CONV_UNIT
The AC_CONV_UNIT has two slots for installing AC_CONV_MODULEs.
The AC_CONV_MODULE slots are empty upon delivery (covered by blank
panels) and the modules must therefore be installed in the field according to the
site installation plan.

Figure 3-38: Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in the AC_CONV_UNIT

To install an AC_CONV_MODULE in the AC_CONV_UNIT:


1. Loosen the two screws of the AC_CONV_UNIT blank panel and remove
it.
2. Check that the AC_CONV_MODULE has not been physically damaged
during shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original
packaging is sealed.
3. Remove the AC_CONV_MODULE from its antistatic protection
packaging and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during
shipping. Report any problems.
4. Hold the AC_CONV_MODULE extractor and insert its rear end into the
module guides.
5. Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of
the AC_CONV_UNIT. If resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat
the procedure.
6. Secure the module in place by tightening its two captive screws.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-45

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing SFP Modules


All XIO30 modules are shipped without SFP modules. Relevant SFPs must be
installed in the field according to the field installation plan.
ECI Telecom supplies field-replaceable SFP transceivers in all optical
interfaces and electrical STM-1 interfaces. Hot swapping is allowed, provided
you observe safety precautions described in Before You Start (page 2-1).
NOTE: Only SFP modules supplied by ECI Telecom can be
used in the BG-30. Otherwise, the laser in the SFP module
will always shut down.

Figure 3-39: Installing an SFP/XFP module in the BG

To install an SFP module:


1. Check that the SFP has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the SFP from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Insert the rear end of the SFP module plug-in into the prescribed position,
and push slowly backward to mate its rear connector with the
corresponding optical interface module connector until the transceiver
clicks into place. If you feel resistance before the transceiver plug-in is
fully inserted, retract the transceiver and repeat the insertion.
4. Lock the SFP module by closing the buckle (applicable if the module has a
locking mechanism).
5. Repeat Steps 1 to 4 for other SFPs (if required).

3-46

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing the BG-30E Platform


in the Rack
A very important differentiator of the BG-30 is that it consists of BG-30B and
BG-30E platforms, thus providing a better pay-as-you-grow solution. The
BG-30B covers a large number of applications. If you need more add-drop
capacity and additional functionality, such as Ethernet L2 and PCM, a BG-30E
can be added. The BG-30E supports live insertion and can be installed at any
time without affecting the traffic running on the BG-30B. The BG-30E can also
be installed when installing the BG-30B.
Each BG-30E platform is supplied with a power module slot and all extension
slots, initially empty. The three extension slots are covered by a cover panel.
The installation procedures described in this section include:

Installing the H Connector (page 3-48)

Installing the BG-30E Platform on the BG-30B Platform (page 3-49)

Attaching the BG-30E Platform in the Rack (page 3-52)

After these procedures have been completed, the BG-30E platform is ready for:

Installing Power Modules in the BG-30E (page 3-54)

Installing an FCU_30E in the BG-30E (page 3-55)

Installing Extension Cards in the BG-30E (page 3-56)

Installing SFP Modules in the ESW_2G_8F_E (page 3-59)

Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E (page 3-60)


WARNING: Before installing the BG-30E, make sure the DC
power cable is not connected to the BG-30E, and that the
circuit breakers in the RAP, if used, are set to OFF.
CAUTION: Before adding the BG-30E platform to the
BG-30B, ensure that the rail stiffeners have been installed. If
not, it is highly recommended that you first remove the
BG-30B from the rack and install the rail stiffeners before
proceeding with the installation. See Installing the Rail
Stiffeners (page 3-31).

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-47

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the H Connector


The H connector connects the BG-30B and BG-30E platforms.

Figure 3-40: Installing the H connector

To install the H connector:


1. Remove the cover plate by releasing the two screws.
2. Fasten the pilot pin into the screw hole by hand.
3. Insert the H connector assembly into the internal connectors, and then
fasten it on the cover by screwing in its two handles.

3-48

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing the BG-30E Platform on the


BG-30B Platform
The BG-30E platform is mounted on top of the BG-30B platform using the
H connector.

Figure 3-41: Installing the BG-30E

To install the BG-30E platform on the BG-30B platform:


1. Fasten the two pilot pins for the BG-30E onto the cover by hand.
2. Mount the BG-30E on the BG-30B using the vertical pilot pins and holes at
the bottom of the BG-30E.
3. Ensure that the connectors for the H connector and the BG-30E are
perfectly matched.
4. Insert the six snap rivets into the holes on the bottom of the BG-30E.
5. Verify that the caps of the rivets are flat on the bottom of the BG-30E.
6. Fasten the four fastener screws (SST PH M6 x 16) to the mounting flange
of the BG-30E.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-49

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Disassembling the BG-30E from the BG-30B


The following is the correct way to disassemble the BG-30E from the BG-30B
platform. The BG-30E is attached to the BG-30B with six snap rivets; you must
first remove these rivets before removing the BG-30E. It is recommended to
use a thin flat tool (like a screwdriver) to raise the rivet caps first, and then
remove them.

Figure 3-42: Removing the BG-30E from the BG-30B

3-50

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To disassemble the BG-30E from the BG-30B:


1. Insert a thin flat-head screwdriver under the rivet cap.

Figure 3-43: Inserting the thin flat-head tool

2. Raise the rivet cap by the screwdriver.

Figure 3-44: Raising the rivet cap

3. Remove the rivet with your hand.

Figure 3-45: Removing the rivet

4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to remove the other rivets.


5. Raise the BG-30E from the BG-30B and remove it.
6. Disassemble the pin guides and the H-connector from the BG-30B.
426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-51

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Attaching the BG-30E Platform in the Rack


The BG-30E platform can be mounted on the rack after it has been assembled
with the BG-30B or added to a BG-30B platform already mounted in the rack.
To attach a BG-30E platform to an ECI Telecom
recommended rack:

Fasten the BG-30E platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws,
washers, and nuts. BG-30E platform grounding is achieved by contact
when connecting the platform to the rack using rack mounting brackets.

Identifying Slots in the BG-30E


The layout of the BG-30E is shown in the following figures.

Figure 3-46: BG-30E regular slots layout

Figure 3-47: BG-30E slots layout with ES 3# extended

The figures show two possible arrangements for the BG-30E. The upper is the
regular layout;. the lower is very similar but with an extension arrangement for
the uppermost slot (ES 3#).
The BG-30E platform consists of the following slots:

3-52

Two slots (PS A and PS B) for installing two DC power supply modules

One slot (FS) for installing a fan module

Three slots (ES 1#, ES 2#, ES 3#) for accommodating expansion traffic
card (Eslots)

Slot ES 3# (can be extended) for housing a long card (TP63_1)

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

The following table lists the modules supported in V14 that can be configured
in each slot.
Table 3-3: BG-30E modules
Name

INF_30E

Applicable slots in BG-30E


PS A

PS B

AC PS ES
1#

ES
2#

ES
3#

ES 3#
Extended

FCU_30E
AC_CONV_30E

SM_10E

PE1_63

P345_3E

S1_4

S4_1

OBC

ESW_2G_8F_E

MPS_2G_8F

DMCE1_32

MPoE_12G

TP21_2

TPS1_1

TPEH8_1

TP63_1

TPEH8_1

426006-2333-013-A05

FS

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-53

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Power Modules in the BG-30E


The BG-30E platform must have power modules installed in the power module
slot, either two INF_30Es (DC power supply) or one AC_CONV_30E (AC
power supply) can be configured according to the site installation plan. The
BG-30E platform is always shipped with the power module slot empty.

Figure 3-48: Installing a power module in the BG-30E

To install a power module in the BG-30E:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Insert the rear end of the power module into the card guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with
the front of the BG-30E platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a
screwdriver.

3-54

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing an FCU_30E in the BG-30E


The BG-30E platform must have one Fan Control module (FCU_30E) installed
in the FCU slot. The BG-30E is always shipped with an FCU_30E module
installed. The procedure in this section therefore describes replacing the
module.

Figure 3-49: Installing an FCU_30E in the BG-30E

To install an FCU_30E in the BG-30E:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the FCU_30E module extractor and insert the rear end of the power
module into the card guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with
the front of the BG-30E platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a
screwdriver.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-55

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Extension Cards in the BG-30E


Extension cards are installed in Eslots according to the site installation plan.
For a list of available extension cards and their technical descriptions, see the
BroadGate Product Line Reference Manual.

Figure 3-50: Installing an extension card in the BG-30E

CAUTION: When installing a MPoE_12G card the total PoE


power budget is up to 50 W.

To install an extension card in the BG-30E:


1. Identify the Eslot in which you want to install the extension card according
to the site installation plan.
2. Loosen the two screws on the Eslot cover and remove it.
3. Check that the extension card has not been physically damaged during
shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is
sealed.
4. Remove the extension card from its antistatic protection packaging and
perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any
problems.
5. Hold the extension card handles and insert its rear end into the card guides.
6. Push the card in until the front of the card is flush with the front of the
BG-30E platform. If resistance is felt, pull the card out and repeat the
procedure.
7. Secure the card in place by fastening its two captive screws.

3-56

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

NOTE: Extension cards support live insertion. They can be


installed at any time without affecting the existing traffic
running on the BG-30B or BG-30E.

Installing Long Cards in the BG-30E


Long cards (like TP636_1 or TPEH8_1) require the expanded ES 3 # slot for
their installation. For a list of available IOP cards and their technical
descriptions, see the BroadGate Product Line Reference Manual.
Before you start
Before installing a long card, remove the blank panel, covering the additional
expansion space to the left of slot ES 3# and the card guide at the left side of
the slot.
To prepare the extension of the ES 3# slot:
1. Open the two screws fastening the blank panel to the left of slot ES 3#, and
remove it.

Figure 3-51: Removing the blank panel

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-57

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

2. Open the FH M1.6 screw fastening the card guide in the left side of ES 3#,
and remove it.

Figure 3-52: Removing the card guide

WARNING: Prevent the card guide touching other cards,


while the system is operating.
To install a long card in the BG-30E:
1. Identify the ES 3# slot in which to install the long card according to the site
installation plan (must be ES 3#).
2. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
3. Remove the long card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform
a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.

3-58

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

4. Hold the card handles and insert its rear end into the card guides.

Figure 3-53: Installing a long card in the BG-30E

5. Push the card in until the front of the card is flush with the front of the
BG-30E platform. If resistance is felt, pull the card out and repeat the
procedure.
6. Fasten the three captive screws on the card panel and secure it in place.
NOTE: Long cards support live insertion. They can be

installed at any time without affecting the existing traffic


running on the BG-30E.

Installing SFP Modules in the ESW_2G_8F_E


All ESW_2G_8F_E cards are shipped without SFP modules installed for GbE
interfaces. If a GbE interface is needed, the proper SFP module must be
installed in the field according to the field installation plan.
ECI Telecom supplies field-replaceable SFP transceivers for GbE interfaces.
Hot swapping is allowed, provided you observe the safety precautions
described in Before You Start (page 2-1) during the replacement.
NOTE: Only GbE SFP modules supplied by ECI Telecom

can be used in the ESW_2G_8F_E. Otherwise, the laser in the


SFP module shuts down.

To install an SFP transceiver in the ESW_2G_8F_E:

Follow the same procedure described in Installing SFP Modules (page 346) to install an SFP transceiver in the ESW_2G_8F_E.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-59

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E


The SM_10E consists of a base card and up to three traffic modules. For a list
of available traffic modules and their technical descriptions, see the BroadGate
Product Line Reference Manual.
The SM_10E card is supplied without a traffic module installed; the
corresponding slots are covered by blank panels.

Figure 3-54: Installing a traffic module on the SM_10E

To install a traffic module in the SM_10E card:


1. Loosen the two screws fastening the blank panel to the SM_10E front, and
remove it.
2. Check that the traffic module has not been physically damaged during
shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is
sealed.
3. Remove the traffic module from its antistatic protection packaging and
perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any
problems.
4. Hold the traffic module handle and insert its rear end into the traffic module
slot guides.
5. Push the module in until the front of the module is flush with the front of
the SM_10E. If resistance is felt, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.
6. Fasten the module in place with its two captive screws.
NOTE: SM_10E modules support live insertion. They can be
installed at any time without affecting existing traffic running
on the platform, including the SM_10E.

3-60

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing the EXT-2U Platform


in the Rack
EXT-2U is a expansion unit which can be added on top of the BG-30B to
provide enhanced capacity and a rich feature list. If you need more add-drop
capacity and additional functionality, such as Ethernet L2 and PCM, a EXT-2U
can be added. The EXT-2U supports live insertion and can be installed at any
time without affecting the traffic running on the BG-30B. The EXT-2U can
also be installed when installing the BG-30B.
It includes its own independent power supply and fan unit, for additional
reliability and security. The three multipurpose slots of the EXT-2U support
any combination of extractable traffic cards. TDM, ADM, Ethernet, CES, and
EoPDH traffic are all handled through cards in these traffic slots, with all
interfaces through convenient SFP modules.
Each EXT-2U platform is supplied with a power module slot and all extension
slots, initially empty. The three extension slots are covered by a cover panel.

Installing the EXT-2U Shelf on the BG-30B


Shelf
The EXT-2U platform is mounted on top of the BG-30B platform using the
H connector.
You need a EXT-2U installation kit to install the EXT-2U on the BG-30B. This
is shipped as part of the EXT-2U platform package. The kit includes the
EXT-2U TO BG30B/BG-64/BG9310 CONNECTION SPEC. (DWG NO.
3HETC6-3468-068) drawing, which describes the installation process in detail.
Be sure to follow this drawing closely during EXT-2U installation. The
following procedure is a high level summary of the installation process.
WARNING: Before starting to install the EXT-2U, make sure
the DC power cable is not connected to the EXT-2U, and that
the circuit breakers in the RAP, if used, are set to OFF.
CAUTION: Before adding the EXT-2U to the BG-30-B,
ensure that the rail stiffeners have been installed. (It is very
difficult to install the EXT-2U without them.) If not, it is
highly recommended that you first remove the BG-30B from
the rack and install the rail stiffeners before proceeding with
the EXT-2U installation. See Installing the Rail Stiffeners
(page 3-31).

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-61

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

WARNING: Take great care when installing the EXT-2U in

order to avoid damage to the BG-30-B or EXT-2U. Be sure to


follow the drawing provided in the EXT-2U installation kit.

To install the EXT-2U platform on the BG-30B platform:


1. Fasten the two pilot pins for the EXT-2U onto the cover by hand.
2. Mount the EXT-2U on the BG-30B using the vertical pilot pins and holes
at the bottom of the EXT-2U.
3. Ensure that the connectors for the H connector and the EXT-2U are
completely matched.
4. Insert the six snap rivets into the holes on the bottom of the EXT-2U.
5. Verify that the caps of the rivets are flat on the bottom of the EXT-2U.
6. Fasten the four fastener screws (SST PH M6 x 16) to the mounting flange
of the EXT-2U.

Installing the H Connector


The H connector connects the BG-30B and EXT-2U platforms.

Figure 3-55: Installing the H connector in the BG-30

To install the H connector:


1. Remove the H connector cover (on top of the BG-30) by opening its two
screws.
2. Fasten the pilot pin into the screw hole by hand.
3. Insert the H connector assembly into the internal connectors, and then
fasten it on the cover by screwing in its two handles.

3-62

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Disassembling the EXT-2U from the BG-30B


The following is the correct way to disassemble the EXT-2U from the BG-30B.
The EXT-2U is attached to the BG-30B with six snap rivets. You must first
remove these rivets before removing the EXT-2U. It is recommended to use a
thin flat tool (like a screwdriver) to raise the rivet caps first, and then remove
them.
NOTE: The following figure shows the disassembling of the
BG-30E from the BG-30B, the removal of the EXT-2U from
the BG-30 is similar.

Figure 3-56: Removing the BG-30E from the BG-30B

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-63

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To disassemble the EXT-2U from the BG-30B:


1. Insert a thin flat-head screwdriver under the rivet cap.

Figure 3-57: Inserting the thin flat-head tool

2. Raise the rivet cap by the screwdriver.

Figure 3-58: Raising the rivet cap

3. Remove the rivet with your hand.

Figure 3-59: Removing the rivet

4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to remove the other rivets.


5. Raise the EXT-2U from the BG-30B and remove it.
6. Disassemble the pin guides and the H-connector from the BG-30B.
3-64

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Attaching the EXT-2U Shelf to the Rack


The EXT-2U platform can be mounted in the rack after it has been assembled
with the BG-30B or added to a BG-30B platform already mounted in the rack.
To attach a EXT-2U platform to an ECI Telecom
recommended rack:

Fasten the EXT-2U platform to the rack side rails with four M6 screws,
washers, and nuts. EXT-2U platform grounding is achieved by contact
when connecting the platform to the rack using rack mounting brackets.

Identifying Slots in the EXT-2U


The layout of the EXT-2U is depicted in the following figures.

Figure 3-60: EXT-2U regular slots layout

The figures show two possible arrangements for the EXT-2U slots layout. The
upper figure shows the regular layout of the EXT-2U. The lower figure is very
similar to the first, with an extension arrangement for the uppermost slot (ES
3#).
The EXT-2U platform consists of the following slots:

Two slots (PS A and PS B) for installing two DC power supply modules or
one AC power supply module

One slot (FS) for installing a fan module

Three slots (ES 1#, ES 2#, ES 3#) for accommodating expansion traffic
card (Eslots)

Slot ES 3# (can be extended) for housing a long card (TP63_1)

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-65

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

The following table lists the modules supported in V14 that can be configured
in each slot in the EXT-2U.
Table 3-4: EXT-2U modules
Name

INF_E2U

Applicable slots in EXT-2U


PS A

PS B

AC PS ES 1#

ES 2#

ES 3#

ES 3#
Extended

FCU_E2U

3-66

FS

SM_10E

PE1_63

P345_3E

S1_4

S4_1

OBC

ESW_2G_8F_E

MPS_2G_8F

DMCE1_32

TP21_2

TPS1_1

TP63_1

TPEH8_1

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing a Power Module in the EXT-2U


The EXT-2U platform must have power modules installed in the power module
slot. Two INF_E2Us can be configured according to the site installation plan.
The EXT-2U platform is always shipped with the power module slot empty.

Figure 3-61: Installing a power module in the EXT-2U

To install a power module in the EXT-2U:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Insert the rear end of the power module into the card guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with
the front of the EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a
screwdriver.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-67

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U


The EXT-2U platform must have one Fan Control module (FCU_E2U)
installed in the FCU slot, and is shipped with the module already installed. The
following procedure therefore describes replacing the module.

Figure 3-62: Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U

This procedure is also applicable for replacing an operating FCU_E2U. To


perform the replacement in the shortest time, prepare the replacement
FCU_E2U in advance by taking it out of its package and placing it near the
operating unit.
CAUTION: To avoid traffic hit in an operating system, don't
turn it off while replacing an FCU_E2U. The system can
operate without a fan unit for up to 4 minutes. Perform the
replacement in this time.

To install an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U:


1. Check that the module has not been physically damaged during shipment,
and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
2. Remove the module from its antistatic protection packaging and perform a
visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
3. Hold the FCU_E2U module extractor and insert the rear end of the power
module into the card guides.
4. Push the module in until the panel at the front of the module is flush with
the front of the EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
5. Secure the module in place by tightening the two screws with a
screwdriver.

3-68

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U


The EXT-2U is shipped with its Eslots covered by blank panels. Remove the
corresponding cover to install an extension card. Extension cards are installed
according to the site installation plan
For a list of available extension cards and their technical descriptions, see the
BroadGate Product Line Reference Manual.
The EXT-2U is shipped with its Eslots covered by blank panels. You should
remove the corresponding cover to install an extension card.

Figure 3-63: Installing an extension card in the EXT-2U

CAUTION: When installing a MPoE_12G card the total PoE


power budget is up to 90 W.

To install an extension card in the EXT-2U platform:


1. Identify the Eslot in which you want to install the extension card, according
to the site installation plan.
2. Loosen the two screws on the Eslot cover and remove it.
3. Check that the extension card has not been physically damaged during
shipment, and that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is
sealed.
4. Remove the extension card from its antistatic protection packaging and
perform a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any
problems.
5. Hold the extension card handles and insert its rear end into the card guides.
6. Push the extension card in until the front of the card is flush with the front
of the EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt, pull the card out and repeat
the procedure.
7. Secure the card in place by fastening its two captive screws.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-69

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

NOTE: Extension cards support live insertion. They can be


installed at any time without affecting the existing traffic
running on the BG-30B or EXT-2U.

Installing Long Cards in the EXT-2U


Long cards (TP636_1 or TPEH8_1) require the expanded ES 3 # slot for their
installation. For a list of available IOP cards and their technical descriptions,
see the BroadGate Product Line Reference Manual.
Before you start
Before installing a long card, remove the blank panel, covering the additional
expansion space to the left of slot ES 3# and the card guide at the left side of
the slot.
To prepare the extension of the ES 3# slot:
1. Open the two screws fastening the blank panel to the left of slot ES 3#, and
remove it.

Figure 3-64: Removing the blank panel

3-70

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

2. Open the FH M1.6 screw fastening the card guide in the left side of ES 3#,
and remove it.

Figure 3-65: Removing the card guide

WARNING: Prevent the card guide touching other cards,


while the system is operating.
To install a long card in the EXT-2U:
1. Identify the ES 3# slot in which you want to install the long card according
to the site installation plan (must be ES 3#).
2. Check that the card has not been physically damaged during shipment, and
that the antistatic protection bag of the original packaging is sealed.
3. Remove the long card from its antistatic protection packaging and perform
a visual inspection to detect damage during shipping. Report any problems.
4. Hold the card handles and insert its rear end into the card guides.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-71

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

5. Push the card in until the front of the card is flush with the front of the
EXT-2U platform. If resistance is felt, pull the card out and repeat the
procedure.
6. Fasten the three captive screws on the card panel and secure it in place.

Figure 3-66: Installing a long card in the BG-30E

NOTE: Long cards support live insertion. They can be


installed at any time without affecting the existing traffic
running on the EXT-2U.

3-72

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Connecting Fibers and Cables to


the BG-30 Shelf
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data
cables must be routed along the sides of the rack. All optical fibers must be
routed through the conduits running along the front supports of the rack.
Electrical traffic and other cables (DC, alarm, management, timing, and so on)
must be routed along the side of the rack, and held in place with cable ties.

Connecting Power and Alarm Cables to a DC


Power Source
To connect power and alarm cables:
1. Route the power cables leading from the RAP along the side of the rack to
the appropriate BG-30B platform.
NOTE: For further details about the RAP installation
procedure, see Installing the RAP-BG (page 3-9) or Installing
the RAP-4B (page 3-15).
2. Connect the end of the DC power cable from one source, terminating with a
3-pin D-type female connector in accordance with the rack installation plan
and the cable tags, to the DC power connector on one INF_30B or
INF_30BH.
3. Connect the end of the DC power cable from the second source,
terminating with a 3-pin D-type female connector in accordance with the
rack installation plan and the cable tags, to the DC power connector on the
second INF_30B or INF_30BH.
4. Route the alarm cable leading from the RAP along the side of the rack to
the appropriate BG-30B platform (if an ICP_MCP30 is not installed) or to
the appropriate ICP_MCP30, if installed.
5. Connect the free ends of the alarm cable, in accordance with the rack
installation plan and the cable tags, to the Auxiliary connector on the
MCP30B (if an ICP_MCP30 is not installed) or the Alarms connector on
the front panel of the ICP_MCP30, if installed.
6. Secure the cable connector to the MCP30B or ICP_MCP30 connector with
the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot
reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-73

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical Modules


Before installing the BG-30 platform and modules, all optical fibers must be
routed through the conduits running along the front supports of the ECI
Telecom recommended rack into the FST under the BG-30 platform being
installed, and threaded into the FST. For more information, see Installing the
Fiber Storage Tray (page 3-22).
All optical fibers in the BG-30 platform are connected to the LC connectors on
the optical SFP transceivers in the front panel of the XIO30 modules.
CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are

closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with


the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap
until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding
connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a
cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm.
Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission
characteristics.

To connect an optical fiber to an SFP module:


1. Push the button on the front panel of the FST to open the latch and pull the
FST out towards you.
2. Slowly pull the end of the appropriate fiber to release enough fiber from the
tray.
NOTE: The FST has two opening positions. The tray latches
with a click at the halfway position. If you cannot release the
fiber in the halfway position, pull the tray again to open it
fully.
3. Thread the end of the fiber through the rack slots to the optical transceiver
LC connector on the designated module. Leave some slack to prevent
stress.
4. Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers using an approved
cleaning kit.
5. Remove the cover from the optical transceiver. Connect the fiber connector
to the LC connector on the optical transceiver.
6. Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for all optical modules in the BG-30 platform.
7. When you have completed the connection of all optical modules, gently
push the FST back into the rack until it clicks into place.

3-74

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Routing and Connecting Electrical Interface


Cables to the BG-30
Information in this section supplements that regarding the connection of power,
alarm, and grounding cables described in previous sections.
Connect the cables to the equipment connectors according to the information
appearing in the relevant cabling diagrams or tables. To identify the physical
location of connectors, see the equipment panel figures in the BroadGate
Product Line Reference Manual.

Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for


Balanced E1 Interfaces
E1 cables are used for connecting the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces on the
PME1_21 panel. Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs (transmit
and receive) supporting 21 E1s. The cable end connecting to the PME1_21
module is terminated with a 100-pin SCSI male connector.
To connect E1 cables to the PME1_21:
1. Arrange the E1 traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2. Pull each E1 cable down to the level of the BG-30 platform.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and
through the appropriate opening near the platform until the cable connector
is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to
fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4. Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the PME1_21 module with
the appropriate DDF connections.
5. Connect the cable connector to the corresponding connectors on the
PME1_21 front panel.
6. Secure the cable connector to the PME1_21 connector with the cable
connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the
screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver
(maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N
cm.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to

secure the cable connector as this may damage the PME1_21.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-75

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for


Unbalanced E1 Interfaces
The PME1_21 can only provide balanced E1s directly. For unbalanced E1s, the
xDDF-21 patch panels must be installed with the BG-30. Each xDDF-21
provides balanced-to-unbalanced conversion for 21 E1s.
The cable between the PME1_21 and the xDDF-21 (supplied by ECI Telecom)
consists of 21 E1 twisted pairs (transmit and receive) supporting 21 balanced
E1s. The cable end connecting to the PME1_21 is terminated with a 100-pin
SCSI male connector. The cable end connecting to the xDDF-21 is terminated
with two 50-pin SCSI male connectors.
To connect E1 cables between the BG-30 and the xDDF-21:
1. Arrange the E1 traffic cables and route them to the rack side rails.
2. Pull the 100-pin SCSI end of the cable down to the level of the BG-30
platform.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and
through the appropriate opening near the platform until the cable connector
is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to
fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4. Connect the cable connector to the E1 connectors on the front panel of the
PME1_21 module.
5. Secure the cable connector to the PME1_21 connectors with two cable
connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot reach the
screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver
(maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N
cm.
6. Pull the 2 x 50-pin SCSI end of the cable to the level of the xDDF-21.
7. Bend the cables and thread them through the side cable guides of the rack
and through the appropriate opening near the platform until the cable
connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as
required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
8. Connect the cable connector marked J1 to the 50-pin SCSI connector on the
xDDF-21 panel marked J1. Connect the cable connector marked J2 to the
50-pin SCSI connector on the xDDF-21 panel marked J2.
9. Secure the cable connectors to the xDDF-21 connectors with two cable
connector screws for each connector. Tighten the screws manually. If you
cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to
secure the cable connector, as this may damage the
PME1_21.

3-76

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

To connect E1 cables between the xDDF-21 and the external


DDF:

Coaxial cables are used for connecting unbalanced E1s between the
xDDF-21 and the external DDF. A pair of coaxial cables is used for each
E1 and can be prepared on site. The cable end connecting to the xDDF-21
is terminated with a DIN 1.0/2.3 connector. The connector on the other end
of the cable depends on the connector used in the external DDF. For the
connection of coaxial cables, see Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables
(page 3-80).

Traffic Cable for PME1_63


The PME1_63 has a special 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting
to its 63 x E1 interfaces. A special cable offered by ECI Telecom is used to
make the connection.
The cable is constructed of three main parts:

Double 136-pin VHDCI male connector with three pairs of 30AWG cable
tails

Conversion cable-size box

Three pairs of 26 AWG cables

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-77

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Figure 3-67: PME1_63 traffic cable

The three 30 AWG cable pairs connect on one side to the double 136-pin
VHDCI connector and on the other side to the conversion box. The conversion
box connects the three 30 AWG cable pairs and three pairs of 26 AWG cables,
making the wire-size conversion. The 26AWG cables are connected at the
other end to the customer's DDF. Each cable in a pair is bonded to the other,
shaping a figure-eight pattern.
Each pair of the 26AWG cables carries 21 E1s, totaling 63 E1s. To facilitate
identification of the E1 groups, each cable pair is marked with color strips
along its jacket according to the following key:

3-78

First pair, E1s Nos. 1 to 21 - red strips

Second pair, E1s Nos. 22 to 42 - blue strips

Third pair, E1s Nos. 43 to 63 - yellow strips

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Routing and Connecting E1 Cables to the


PME1_63
The PME1_63 has a 272-pin VHDCI female connector for connecting to its 63
x E1 interfaces. A special cable offered by ECI Telecom is used to make the
connection, see Traffic Cable for PME1_63 (page 3-77). The connector on the
cable has a pin guide that must be inserted into the corresponding hole, to the
lower left side of PME1_63 connector.
A cable guide and holder installed above the BG platform helps route the
special PME1_63 cables neatly. This unit makes it possible keep the cable path
the short route between the module on the platform and the conversion box (on
the cable).
To connect the PME1_63 traffic cable:
1. Identify the pin guide on the traffic cable connector and the corresponding
hole on the PME1_63 and insert it.
2. Gently push the cable connector into the corresponding PME1_63
connector. If resistance is felt before the connectors mate, pull the
connector out and repeat the procedure.
3. Secure the connector in place by tightening its four captive screws.

Figure 3-68: PME1_63 traffic cable installation

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-79

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To route the PME1_63 traffic cable:


1. Bend the cables from the connector installed in the previous procedure
towards the cable guide and holder unit (see the preceding figure).
2. Insert a Velcro strip into the corresponding holes in the cable guide, route
the cables through the strip and tighten the strip on the cables.
3. Place the cable conversion box on the BG platform.
4. Route the 26AWG cables coming from the conversion box to the rack side
rails and tighten them to the rails with cable ties.
5. Use a cabling diagram of the site to associate the PME1_63 with the
appropriate DDF connections.

Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables


Individual coaxial cables are used for connecting the interfaces located on the
electrical STM-1 SFPs on the XIO30_1 and the xDDF-21.
As part of the site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the
relevant DDF (if used) to the intended rack location and connected to DIN
1.0/2.3 connectors. Cable length must be sufficient to routine the cables to the
appropriate level in the rack.
To connect individual coaxial traffic cables to the BG-30 or
xDDF-21:
1. Based on the site cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in groups
according to the designated electrical interfaces and route them along the
guides at the side of the rack to the appropriate BG-30 or xDDF-21 unit.
2. Cut excess cable length, if necessary.
3. Connect the BG-30 or xDDF-21 end of the cables to DIN 1.0/2.3
connectors and the other end to the relevant coaxial cable connector,
crimping the cable as required.
4. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack so
that the cable connector is positioned at the level of the appropriate adapter.
Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
5. Connect the connector on the cable to the corresponding electrical
connector on the BG-30 or xDDF-21.
6. Connect the connector on the other end of cable to the corresponding
electrical connector on the external DDF.

3-80

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Connecting I/O Protection Cables in the


BG-30
Up to two traffic slots in the BG-30E can be configured with protection cards
to add I/O protection capabilities to the platform.
The protection card is connected to both operating and protection I/O modules
in the BG-30B or BG-30E platform.
If a failure is detected in one of the operating I/O modules, the MCP30
switches the traffic to the protection module.
The protection card is connected to the main and protection I/O modules by
traffic cables, and the client's traffic is connected directly to the protection card.
Protection cards support the electrical PDH and SDH modules with the
following protection schemes:

1:1 protection scheme - one protection module/card is connected to a single


I/O module/card

1:2 protection scheme - one protection module/card is connected to one or


two I/O modules/cards

The BG-30E connects to a connector on top of the BG-30B platform that


provides the power and control buses required for the protection card operation.
The available protection cards are:

TP21_2

TP63_1

TPS1_1

The following table summarizes the available Tributary Protection cards (TP)s,
the type of I/O modules they protect, the traffic rate, and the protection scheme.
Table 3-5: Protection and protected cards summary
Protection card type

Protected I/O
module/card

Traffic rate

Protection scheme

TP21_2

PME1_21

2 Mbps

1:2

TP63_1

PE1_63/3 x
PME1_21

2 Mbps

1:1

TPS1_1

PM345_3,
P345_3E,
XIO30-1/4,
XIO30Q_1&4,
SMQ1&4

34/45 Mbps,
155 Mbps

1:1

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-81

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Protection Jumper Cables for I/O Cards


ECI Telecom has defined a set of protection jumper cables to be used with the
various BG-30 protection cards. They include:

L114 - for TP21_1 operating in 1:2, or 1:1 protection schemes (one


PME1_21 protecting two PME1_21, or one PME1_21 protecting one
PME1_21).
L123 - for TP63_1 cards operating in 1:1 protection scheme with PE1_63
cards (one PE1_63 protecting one PE1_63).
L128 - for TP63_1 cards operating in 1:1 protection scheme with three
PME1_21 modules and one PE1_63 card (one PE1_63 protecting three
PME1_21 modules).
L127 - for TPS1_1 cards operating in 1:1 protection scheme with different
STM-1 or DS-3/E3 cards/modules (one SMQ1&4, or XIO30Q_1&4, or
PM345_3, or P345_3E card/module protecting one card/module of the
same type).

The following sections detail the structure and usage of each cable.

Protection Jumper Cable for TP21_2 (L114)


The L114 protection jumper cable is used to connect the TP21_2 to PME1_21
in 1:2 or 1:1 protection schemes.
The jumper cable has a dual VHDCI 68-pin male connector on one end and a
SCSI 100-pin male connector on the other.

Figure 3-69: L114 protection jumper cable schematic diagram

Use the cable as follows:

3-82

3 x L114 cables for 1:2 protection with the TP21_2 card (one PME1_21
(standby) module protects two PME1_21 (operating) modules).

2 x L114 cables for 1:1 protection with the TP21_2 card (one PME1_21
(standby) module protects one PME1_21 (operating) module).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Protection Jumper Cables for TP63_1 (L123


and L128)
The L123 protection jumper cable is used to connect the TP63_1 to the PE1_63
in 1:1 protection scheme.
The jumper cable has 2 x dual VHDCI 68-pin male connectors on one end, and
3 x dual VHDCI 68-pin male connectors on the other.

Figure 3-70: L123 protection jumper cable schematic diagram

The L128 protection jumper cable is used to connect the TP63_1 to 3 x


PME1_21 modules in 1:1 protection scheme. An L123 jumper cable is used to
connect the TP63_1 to a PE1_63 (standby) card in this configuration.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-83

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

The L128 protection jumper cable has 2 x dual VHDCI 68-pin male connectors
on one end and 3 x SCSI 100-pin male connectors on the other.

Figure 3-71: L128 protection jumper cable schematic diagram

Use the cables as follows:

3-84

2 x L123 cables for 1:1 protection with the TP63_1 card for PE1_63
protection (one PE1_63 (standby) card protects one PE1_63 (operating)
card).

1 x L128 cable and 1 x L123 cable with the TP63_1 card for PME1_21
protection (one PE1_63 (standby) card protects three PME1_21 (operating)
modules).

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Protection Jumper Cable for TPS1_1 (L127)


The L127 protection jumper cable is used to connect the TPS1_1 to various
STM-1 or DS-3/E3 traffic cards/modules in 1:1 protection schemes.
The jumper cable has a DSUB 8W8 connector on one end and 8 x DIN 1.0/2.3
connectors on the other.

Figure 3-72: L127 protection jumper cable schematic diagram

Use the cable as follows:

2 x L127 cables for 1:1 protection with the TPS1_1 card (one STM-1 or
DS-3/E3 (standby) card/module protects one STM-1 or DS-3/E3
(operating) card/module of the same type).

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-85

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Protection Jumper Cables Usage


The following table summarizes the usage of jumper cables for I/O protection
in the BG-30.
Table 3-6: Protection jumper cables usage

3-86

TP card (protection
scheme)

I/O card/module
(qty)

Jumper cable
(qty)

End connectors

TP21_2 (1:2)

PME1_21 (3)

L114 (3)

VHDCI68(dual port) to
SCSI 100

TP21_2 (1:1)

PME1_21 (2)

L114 (2)

VHDCI68(dual port) to
SCSI 100

TP63_1 (1:1)

PE1_63 (2)

L123 (2)

2 x VHDCI68 (dual port)


to 3 x VHDCI68 (dual
port)

TP63_1 (1:1)

PE1_63 (1)
PME1_21 (3)

L123 (1)
L128 (1)

2 x VHDCI68 (dual port)


to 3 x VHDCI68 (dual
port)
VHDCI68 (dual port) to 3
x SCSI 100

TPS1_1 (1:1)

SMQ1&4 (2)

L127 (2)

DSUB 8W8 to 8 x DIN


1.0/2.3

TPS1_1 (1:1)

XIO30Q_1&4 (2) L127 (2)

DSUB 8W8 to 8 x DIN


1.0/2.3

TPS1_1 (1:1)

PM345_3 (2)

L127 (2)

DSUB 8W8 to 8 x DIN


1.0/2.3

TPS1_1 (1:1)

P345_3E (2)

L127 (2)

DSUB 8W8 to 8 x DIN


1.0/2.3

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Connecting the TP21_2


The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:2 protection scheme for a
BG-30 populated with PME1_21 modules in the TS1, TS2, and TS3 slots of
the BG-30B and a TP21_2 card in the ETS1 slot of the BG-30E. The TS3 slot
in the BG-30B designates the protection module, and TS1 and TS2 slots the
main (working) modules.

Figure 3-73: TP21_2 1:2 protection scheme example

The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:1 protection scheme for a
BG-30 populated with PME1_21 modules in TS2 and TS3 slots of the BG-30B
and a TP21_2 card in the ETS1 slot of the BG-30E. The TS3 slot in the
BG-30B designates the protection module, and the TS2 slot the main (working)
module.

Figure 3-74: TP21_2 1:1 protection scheme example

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-87

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connecting the TP63_1


The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:1 protection scheme for a
BG-30 populated with two PE1_63 cards in the ETS2 and ETS3 slots, and a
TP63_1 card in the ETS1 slot of the BG-30E. The ETS3 slot in the BG-30E
designates the protection card, and the ETS2 slot is the main (working) card.
NOTE: This configuration is recommended for protection of
63 E1s.

Figure 3-75: TP63_1_1 (two PE1_63 cards) 1:1 protection scheme example

The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:1 protection scheme for a
BG-30 populated with one PE1_63 card in the ETS2 slot, one TP63_1 card in
the ETS1 slot of the BG-30E, and three PME1_21 modules in the TS1, TS2,
and TS3 slots of the BG-30B. The ETS2 slot in the BG-30E designates the
protection card, and the TS1, TS2, TS3 slots are the main (working) modules.

Figure 3-76: TP63_1_1 (three PME1_21 modules and one PE1_63 card) 1:1
protection scheme example

3-88

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

Connecting the TPS1_1


The following figure shows an example of a typical 1:1 protection scheme for a
BG-30 populated with SMQ1&4 modules in TS2 and TS3 slots of the BG-30B,
and a TPS1_1 card in the ETS1 slot of the BG-30E. The TS3 slot in the
BG-30B designates the protection module, and the TS2 slot is the main
(working) module.

Figure 3-77: TPS1_1 (two SMQ1&4 modules) 1:1 protection scheme example

The following table describes the slot allocation for the TPS1_1 in 1:1
protection scheme for various STM-1 and DS-3/E3 traffic cards/modules.
Table 3-7: TPS1_1 1:1 I/O protection slot allocation
TP slots

I/O slots allocation


Protection

Main

ETS1, or ETS2, or ETS3

TS3

TS2

ETS1, or ETS2, or ETS3

XS3

XS2

ETS3

ETS2

ETS1

ETS1

ETS2

ETS3

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-89

Installing Equipment

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Routing and Connecting Data Interface


Cables to Ethernet Interfaces
Data cables with RJ-45 connectors are used for connecting FE interfaces on
data modules.
As part of the site preparations, Category 5 or better cables must be routed
from the relevant Ethernet DDF (if used) to the intended rack location and
connected to the RJ-45 connectors. Sufficient length must be available to
permit routing the cables to the appropriate level in the rack.
To connect data cables to an Ethernet interface:
1. Based on the site cabling diagram, route the data cables along the guides at
the side of the rack to the appropriate BG-30 unit.
2. Pull each data cable down to the level of the BG-30 unit.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack so
that the cable connector is positioned at the level of the BG-30 unit. Use
cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4. Connect the RJ-45 connector on the cable to the corresponding connector
on the data module front panel.

Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables


between the MCP30 and the ICP_MCP30
If an ICP_MCP30 is installed, an electrical cable with SCSI-36 connectors on
both ends is used to connect the ICP_MCP30 and the MCP30.
To connect the cable between the MCP30 and the
ICP_MCP30:
1. Route the cable to the rack side rails.
2. Pull one end of the cable to the level of the BG-30 platform.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and
through the appropriate opening near the platform until the cable connector
is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as required to
fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
4. Connect the cable connector to the Auxiliary connector on the MCP30 front
panel.
5. Secure the cable connector to the SM_10E traffic module connector with
the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot
reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.

3-90

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Equipment

CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to

secure the cable connector, as this may damage the MCP30


module.

6. Pull the other end of the cable to the level of the ICP_MCP30.
7. Bend the cable and thread it through the side cable guides of the rack and
through the appropriate opening near the ICP_MCP30 until the cable
connector is positioned against the appropriate place. Use cable ties as
required to fasten the cable to the rack side rails.
8. Connect the cable connector to the SCSI-36 connector on the ICP_MCP30
front panel.
9. Secure the cable connector to the connector with the cable connector
screws marked J1 on the ICP_MCP30 front panel. Tighten the screws
manually. If you cannot reach the screws with your hands, use an
adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the
tightening torque to 40 N cm to 44 N cm.
CAUTION: Do not exert excessive tightening torque to
secure the cable connector, as this may damage the
ICP_MCP30.

Connecting the Timing (Clock) Cable


The timing cable is connected to the T3/T4 RJ-45 connector on the MCP30.
To connect the timing cable to the MCP30:
1. Route the timing cable along the side of the rack to the appropriate BG-30B
platform.
2. Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the rack installation
plan and the cable tags to the T3/T4 connector on the MCP30 front panel.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

3-91

Installing Equipment

3-92

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

4
BG-30B Wall-Mounted
Installations
In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... 4-1
Wall-Mounted Cabinet .................................................................................... 4-2
DDF 21 E1s Unit ........................................................................................... 4-13
Wall-Mounted Frame .................................................................................... 4-34

Overview
In addition to the regular installation of the BG-30B in different racks, ECI
Telecom offers two options for wall-mounted installations:

Wall-mounted cabinet

Wall-mounted frame

These options are ideal for installations in small businesses or home offices
(SOHO).
The following sections provide detailed procedures for these installations.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-1

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Wall-Mounted Cabinet
The cabinet is 352 mm high, 600 mm wide, and 400 mm deep and has a
transparent front door. It includes a rear panel with four support rails to which
two 19" vertical extrusions are fastened. The equipment and cabling
accessories are attached to these extrusions.
The side, top, and bottom covers can easily and quickly be removed, providing
comfortable user-friendly access to the interior for installation and management
of all components.

Figure 4-1: Wall-mounted cabinet general view

The wall-mounted cabinet is shipped dismantled in a flat-pack packaging,


saving up to 50 % of transportation volume and facilitating delivery to the
point of assembly.

4-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

The tools illustrated in the following figure are required for the installation (not
supplied with the cabinet).

Figure 4-2: Tools required for cabinet installation

Installing the BG-30B in a Wall-Mounted


Cabinet
The installation of a BG-30B in a wall-mounted cabinet includes the following
stages:
1. Installing the wall-mounted cabinet rear panel
2. Installing cabling accessories
3. Installing the BG-30B platform and ancillary equipment (three DDFs or
two DDFs and an AC CONV unit)
4. Connecting cables and fibers to the BG-30B platform and ancillary
equipment
5. Installing the wall-mounted cabinet covers and front door

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-3

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the Interior Components


Before you start:
Unpack the wall-mounted cabinet components and perform a visual inspection
according to the instructions in Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection
(page 3-5).
DANGER: Safety cannot be guaranteed if shipping
damage is evident! Shipping damage must be reported to the
shipping company and manufacturer immediately upon
receipt.
The wall-mounted cabinet interior components are shown in the following
figure.

Figure 4-3: Wall-mounted cabinet interior components

4-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Preparing the Rear Panel Holes


To prepare the rear panel holes:
1. Identify the prescribed location of the rear panel on the wall.
NOTE: Make sure that the wall surface on which the cabinet

is mounted is completely flat, so that the front door opens and


closes properly.

2. Place the enclosed drilling template on the prescribed position; align it at


the desired height using a bubble level and secure it to the wall.

Figure 4-4: Preparing the rear panel holes

3. Drill four holes using the four upper holes in the template (the cabinet is 6U
high).
NOTE: Use a drill of max. 8 mm.

DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure


mounting of the cabinet to the wall, using appropriate
installation materials.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-5

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the Rear Panel


DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure
mounting of the cabinet to the wall, using appropriate
installation materials.
NOTE: Use only the self-tapping screws, supplied with the
cabinet.
To install the rear panel:
1. Place the rear panel on the drilled holes and align it correctly so that it is
flat. Place support beneath as required.
2. Attach the panel to the wall and fasten with four screws.

Figure 4-5: Installing the rear panel

4-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Attaching the Support Rails


The rear panel has four holes for attaching support rails.
To attach the support rails:
1. Identify the four holes in the rear panel for the support rails (see the
following figure).

Figure 4-6: Installing the support rails

2. Attach a support rail to the rear panel and fasten with a hex screw using an
appropriate hex wrench.
3. Repeat Step 2 for the other three support rails.

Installing the 19" Vertical Extrusions


Two 19" vertical extrusions are attached to the support rails for the installation
of equipment and accessories.
To install the 19" vertical extrusions:
1. Place the extrusion at a distance of 104 mm (approx.) from the support rail
edge.

Figure 4-7: Installing the 19" vertical extrusions


426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-7

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

2. Attach the extrusion to the upper and lower support rails with two hex
screws.
3. Fasten the extrusion with the screws using a hex wrench.
4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the second extrusion.

Installing the C-Rail


A C-rail (so called because of its C shape) is attached to the upper side of the
rear panel. The C-Rail helps support various cabling accessories.
To install the C-rail:
1. Identify the two holes for mounting the C-rail on the rear panel.
2. Place the C-rail on the rear panel. Insert a flat washer and a hex screw in
the appropriate hole and fasten the C-rail.

Figure 4-8: Installing the C-rail

3. Repeat Step 2 for the second hole of the C-rail.

4-8

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Installing Cabling Accessories


Several accessories are installed inside the cabinet to facilitate cable and fiber
routing and to ground it. They include:

Cable guides

Cable clamping bars

Fiber optic protective tube

Grounding cables

Figure 4-9: Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-9

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Cable Guides


Cable guides are installed on both sides of the vertical extrusions and help
route cables neatly in the cabinet.
Before you start:
Identify the cable guide with its components according to the following figure;
the cable guide has an installation bracket attached.

Figure 4-10: Cabling accessories

4-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the cable guides:


1. Align the cable guide on the side of the extrusion to an approx. height of
178 mm from the lower support rail (see the figure Cabling accessories
(page 4-10)).
2. Attach the cable guide to the vertical extrusion with two screws, flat
washers, sprig washers and nuts, in the order shown in the figure Cabling
accessories (page 4-10).
3. Fasten the cable guide to the extrusion.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the second cable guide.

Attaching Cable Clamping Bars


Two cable clamping bars are attached to the C-rail. They help route cables
neatly in the cabinet.
To attach the cable clamping bars:
1. Identify the cable clamping bar according to the figure Cabling accessories
(page 4-10).
2. Attach the clamping bar on the left side of the C-rail by snapping it on the
rail.
3. Attach the second clamping bar on the right side of the C-rail.

Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube


The fiber guide tube facilitates fiber routing in the cabinet. It is attached to the
right vertical extrusion, the right cable guide, and the right clamping bar.
To attach the fiber guide tube:
1. Identify the fiber guide tube attachment points according to the figure
Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet (page 4-9).
2. Attach one end of the fiber guide tube with a cable tie to the right extrusion
at a height of approx. 90 mm from the right lower support rail (see the
figure Cabling accessories installed in the cabinet (page 4-9)).
3. Shape the tube as shown in the figure Cabling accessories (page 4-10), and
attach it to the right cable guide (near the rear panel) with a cable tie.
4. Attach the other end of the tube to the right clamping bar with a cable tie.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-11

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Grounding Cables


Five grounding cables must be installed in the wall-mounted cabinet. At one
end the cables are attached to the support rails as described in the following
procedure. The other end of the cables is connected to the cabinet covers and
door during their installation as described in Installing the wall-mounted
cabinet covers and door (page 4-31).
To install grounding cables:
1. Identify the attachment points of the five grounding cables according to the
figure Cabling accessories (page 4-10).
2. Connect the round terminal lug of a grounding cable to the left lower
support rail outer hole (near the rear panel) with a hex self-tapping screw;
fasten the cable to the support rail using a hex wrench.
3. Repeat Step 2 to connect four more grounding cables to the following
points:

Left lower support rail inner hole, near the rear panel.

Left upper support rail inner hole, near the rear panel.

Right lower support rail outer hole, near the rear panel.

Right upper support rail inner hole, near the front.

4-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

DDF 21 E1s Unit


The DDF unit supports connection of up to 21 E1 lines. The terminal blocks
connect the equipment side and the customer's E1 interfaces. The unit is 1U
high and can be installed in ETSI or 19" racks using reversible brackets.
The DDF is equipped with five connection blocks, each supporting connection
of five full E1 lines (transmit and receive). The block can also be wired to serve
only transmit or receive lines (total ten lines).
The rear side of the DDF tray includes a cable tie comb that facilitates cable
wiring. In addition, several cable retainers on the DDF tray help keep wire
routing and connection neat.
The connection blocks are attached to bushings located in front of the DDF
tray.

Figure 4-11: DDF general view

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-13

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Assembling the DDF


The DDF comes dismantled and must be assembled in the field. Assembling
includes the following steps:
1. Installing the reversible mounting brackets
2. Attaching the connection blocks

Installing Mounting Brackets


The DDF has reversible brackets that by default are assembled for 19" rack
installation. If your installation is in a 19" rack, skip this procedure.
To attach the brackets for ETSI installation:
1. Unscrew the six M2.5 x 6 screws (three on each side) attaching the brackets
to the DDF tray. Keep the screws for the next steps.

Figure 4-12: Installing the brackets for ETSI installation

2. Rotate the bracket to the ETSI position; in this position the longer part of
the bracket is attached to the tray.
3. Use three M2.5 x 6 screws removed in Step 1 to attach the bracket to the
DDF tray.
4. Fasten the bracket to the DDF.
5. Repeat Steps 2 to 4 for the second bracket.

4-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Attaching Connection Blocks


Five connection blocks are attached to the DDF tray. Two blocks are attached
to each bushing pair except for the leftmost pair, to which one block is
attached.
Each block is equipped with a labeling cover that protects the contacts and
helps identify the wire connections for maintenance and repair purposes.
To attach the connection blocks:
1. Place the block in front of the corresponding DDF bushing pair as shown in
the following figure.

Figure 4-13: Attaching the connection blocks

2. Push the block on the bushings to snap it on.


3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to attach the other four connection blocks.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-15

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF


The DDF terminal blocks connect the wires from the equipment and the wires
from the customer interfaces. The E1 cables from the equipment are routed to
the rear part of the DDF and passed to the connection blocks. The cables from
the customer E1 interfaces are routed to the sides of the DDF and connect to
the corresponding blocks.
The following sections describe the connection of the equipment and the
customer lines to the DDF.

Connecting Equipment Cables


The cables from the equipment are routed to the rear of the DDF tray. The tray
has a cable support comb to facilitate cable routing.
To connect an equipment E1 cable:
1. Route the E1 cable from the equipment to the rear part of the DDF.
2. Remove the outer cable jacket, as required, to expose the wire pairs.
3. Use cable ties as needed to attach the cable edge to the cable holder comb.
4. Route the wire pairs through the plastic frame (at the rear of the block).
5. Connect each pair to the corresponding block contacts according to the
wiring diagram.

Connecting Customer Cables


Cables from the customer interfaces are routed to the sides of the DDF tray.
The tray has cable retainers to help route customer cables neatly.
To connect a customer E1 cable:
1. Route the E1 cable from the customer's facility to the left or right side of
the DDF tray according to the position of the corresponding block.
2. Remove the outer cable jacket, as required, to expose the wire pairs.
3. Use cable ties as required to attach the cable edge to the cable retainers.
4. Route the wire pairs through the plastic frame (at the rear of the block).
5. Connect each pair to the corresponding block contacts according to the
wiring diagram.

4-16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Installing the BG-30B and Three DDFs


In this configuration the BG-30B and three DDF units are installed in the
cabinet. Installation includes the following steps:
1. Installing clip nuts
2. Installing the BG-30B
3. Installing three DDFs

Figure 4-14: Installing a BG platform and three DDFs

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-17

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing Clip Nuts for the BG and DDFs


Sixteen clip nuts, eight on each side, are attached to the two vertical extrusions
to support the BG-30B and DDFs.
To install the clip nuts:
1. Identify the locations of the clip nuts according to the following figure: the
numbers refer to the distance in mm of the clip nuts from the lowest hole (0
mm).

Figure 4-15: Clip nuts distance in mm (BG and three DDFs)

2. Place a clip nut in the required place at the rear side of the hole in the right
vertical extrusion, and push to snap it in.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other seven clip nuts on the right vertical
extrusion.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 to install eight clip nuts on the left vertical extrusion.

4-18

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Installing the BG-30B Platform


The BG-30B platform is installed at the bottom of the cabinet.
To install the BG-30B platform:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the BG-30B in the cabinet according to
the figure Installing a BG platform and three DDFs (page 4-17).
2. Place the BG-30B platform in the prescribed position using the two
stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place.
3. Fasten the platform to the vertical extrusion with four M6 screws and flat
washers.

Installing the DDFs


The DDFs are installed above the BG-30B in the cabinet.
To install the DDFs:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the cabinet according to the
figure Installing a BG platform and three DDFs (page 4-17).
2. Place the DDF in the prescribed position, and then fasten it to the vertical
extrusions with four M6 screws and flat washers.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other two DDFs.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-19

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the BG-30B, Two DDFs, and an AC


CONV Unit
In this configuration, the BG-30B, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit are
installed in the cabinet. Installation includes the following steps:
1. Installing clip nuts
2. Installing the BG-30B
3. Installing two DDFs
4. Installing the AC CONV unit

Figure 4-16: Installing a BG platform, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit

4-20

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Installing Clip Nuts for the BG, DDFs, and AC


CONV Unit
Sixteen clip nuts, eight on each side, are attached to the two vertical extrusions
to support the BG-30B, DDFs, and AC CONV unit installation.
To install the clip nuts:
1. Identify the locations of the clip nuts according to the following figure. The
numbers refer to the distance in mm of the clip nuts from the lowest hole (0
mm).

Figure 4-17: Clip nuts distance in mm (BG, two DDFs, AC CONV unit)

2. Place a clip nut in the required place at the rear side of the hole in the right
vertical extrusion, and push it to snap in.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other seven clip nuts on the right vertical
extrusion.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 to install eight clip nuts on the left vertical extrusion.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-21

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the BG-30B Platform


The BG-30B platform is installed at the bottom of the cabinet.
To install the BG-30B platform:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the BG-30B in the cabinet according to
the figure Installing a BG platform, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit
(page 4-20).
2. Place the BG-30B platform in the prescribed position using the two
stabilizing pins to hold it temporarily in place.
3. Fasten the platform to the vertical extrusion with four M6 screws and flat
washers.

Installing DDFs
The DDFs are installed above the BG-30B in the cabinet.
To install the DDFs:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the cabinet according to the
figure Installing a BG platform, two DDFs, and an AC CONV unit (page 420).
2. Place the DDF in the prescribed position and fasten it to the vertical
extrusions with four M6 screws and flat washers.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second DDF.

Installing the AC CONV Unit


The AC CONV unit is installed in the upper position of the wall-mounted
cabinet.
To install the AC CONV unit:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the AC CONV unit in the cabinet
according to the figure Installing a BG platform, two DDFs, and an AC
CONV unit (page 4-20).
2. Place the AC CONV unit in the prescribed position and fasten it to the
vertical extrusions with four M6 screws and flat washers.

4-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Connecting Cabinet Grounding


The cabinet must be connected to the site grounding bar with a ground cable
according to ETSI recommendations.
The cabinet is supplied with a main grounding bolt welded to it. The grounding
stud is identified by the ground symbol label.
The bolt must be free of paint. The cabinet grounding bolt must be connected
to the site grounding bar by a grounding cable with a cross section of the same
size as the power feeding cable or thicker, as short as possible, in compliance
with UL/ETSI recommendations. ECI Telecom recommends using a grounding
cable of 12 AWG to 16 AWG. The cable must be made of copper strands with
a green/yellow jacket and terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.
To ground the cabinet:
1. Unscrew the nut and spring washer from the grounding bolt (M8 size) in
the cabinet. The grounding bolt is marked L2 as shown in the figure
Connecting grounding cables (page 4-33).
2. Connect the grounding cable from the site grounding (terminated with an
M8 lug) to the grounding bolt.
3. Attach the grounding cable with the nut and spring washer removed in Step
1, and fasten the cable to the bolt.

Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in


the Cabinet
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data
cables must be routed in the space beneath the BG-30B platform and the
cabinet floor. All optical fibers are routed through the flexible tube attached to
the right side of the cabinet. The side to which the cables are passed is
determined by the side of the connectors on the BG-30B front panel. For
instance, power connectors are on the left side of the BG-30B, so the power
cables are routed on the left side beneath the platform. The cables are then
attached to the cable guide on the left side of the cabinet with cable ties.
When routing the various types of cables, several principles must be observed
to avoid electromagnetic and RF interference:

Traffic cables must not be routed in the same route as power cables.

Optical fibers must always be routed through the special flexible tube only.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-23

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

The following sections provide detailed descriptions of cable and fiber


connection and routing.

Figure 4-18: Wall-mounted cabinet cabling

4-24

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Connecting Power Cables


The power cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the
BG-30B platform.
NOTE: To facilitate power cable routing, it is recommended

to start from the BG-30B platform towards the power source.

To connect power cables:


1. Connect the connector at the end of the power cable to the power connector
on the BG-30B, and fasten it with its two screws.
2. Grasp the connector at the other end of the power cable, and thread it
through the space beneath the platform.

Figure 4-19: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing front view

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second power cable to be connected to the
corresponding connector on the platform.
4. Bend the cables and thread them through the left cable guide of the cabinet.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-25

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

5. Route the cable near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.
6. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable guide and to the
cable clamp.

Figure 4-20: Wall-mounted cabinet cables routing left side view

7. Route the cables through the opening in the top cover.


8. Connect the free ends of the power cables in accordance with the cabinet
installation plan and the cable tags to the DC power connectors on the
power source.

4-26

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Connecting Alarm Cables


The alarm cable is connected to the corresponding connector on the BG-30B or
ICP_MCP30 (if used).
To connect the alarm cable:
1. Connect the connector of the alarm cable, in accordance with the frame
installation plan and the cable tags, to the Auxiliary connector on the
MCP30 (if an ICP_MCP30 is not installed) or Alarms connector on the
front panel of the ICP_MCP30 (if installed).
2. Secure the cable connector to the MCP30 or ICP_MCP30 connector with
the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot
reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.
3. Bend the cable and route it above the BG-30B and through to the left side
cable guide.
4. Route the cable near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.
5. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable holder and to the
cable clamp.
6. Route the cables through the opening in the top cover.
7. Connect the free ends of the alarm cable to the customer's facility in
accordance with the cabinet installation plan and the cable tags.

Connecting Optical Fibers


All optical fibers in the BG-30B platform are connected to the LC connectors
on the SFP/XFP transceivers. Optical fibers must be routed through the flexible
tube attached to the right side of the cabinet.
Before you start:
CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are

closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with


the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap
until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding
connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a
cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm.
Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission
characteristics.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-27

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To connect an optical fiber to a BG-30B module/card:


1. Insert the end of the fiber into the upper end of the flexible tube and pull it
at the lower end, near the BG-30B.
2. Bring the end of the fiber to the LC connector on the designated
module/card. Leave some slack to prevent stress.
3. Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved
cleaning kit.
4. Remove the cover from the module/card connector and connect the fiber
connector to it.
5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for all optical fibers to be connected to BG-30B
modules/cards.

Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic


Cables
Multipair cables are used to connect to the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces
located on E1 modules installed in the BG-30B.
Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs per cable (transmit or
receive). The cable end connecting to the E1 module is terminated with an
appropriate male connector.
To connect multipair cables:
1. Bring the cable connector against the appropriate slot and connect the cable
connector to the corresponding module.
2. Secure the cable connector to the module connector with the two cable
connector screws. Tighten the screws manually; if the screws cannot be
reached with your bare hand, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver.
3. Bend the cables and thread them through the left side cable guide of the
cabinet.
4. Route the cables near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.
NOTE: The cable route described above assumes that the E1
module is installed on the left side in the BG-30B. If it is
installed on the right side, perform the same procedural steps
but on the cabinet's right side.
5. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable guide and to the
cable clamp.

4-28

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

6. Use a cabling diagram of the cabinet (or site) to associate module


connectors with the appropriate DDF connections. Cut excess cable length
if necessary.
7. If the DDF is installed in the frame, see Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF
(page 4-16) for connecting the E1 cables to the DDF wiring blocks.

Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables


Individual coaxial cables are used to connect to the interfaces located on
E3/DS-3 and electrical STM-1 modules.
As part of site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant
High Rate DDF (if used) to the intended cabinet location and connected to the
coaxial cables with DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Leave sufficient length to permit
routing the cables to the appropriate level in the cabinet.
To connect coaxial traffic cables to E3/DS-3 or STM-1
modules:
1. Pull each coaxial cable to the level of the corresponding electrical
connection module.
2. Connect the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector on the cable to the corresponding
connector on the module.
3. Based on the cabinet (or site) cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in
groups according to the designated module and route them along the left
side of the cabinet.
4. Bend the cables and thread them through the left side cable guide of the
cabinet.
5. Route the cables near the left cable clamp on the C-rail.
NOTE: The cable route described above assumes that the
E3/DS-3 or electrical STM-1 module is installed on the left
side of the BG-30B. If it is installed on the right side, perform
the same procedural steps but on the cabinet's right side.
6. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable guide and to the
cable clamp.
7. Cut excess cable length if necessary.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-29

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables


Timing cables are connected to the T3/T4 connector of the BG-30B platform.
To connect a timing cable to the BG-30B platform:
1. Route the timing cables along the side of the cabinet.
2. Pull the cable down to the level of the T3/T4 connector and bend it until the
cable connector is positioned against the timing connector.
3. Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the cabinet installation
plan and the cable tags to connector T3/T4 on the platform.
4. Secure each cable connector using its two screws.
5. Bend the cable and thread it through the right side cable guide of the
cabinet.
6. Route the cables near the right cable clamp on the C-rail.
7. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cabinet cable guide and
cable clamp.

Connecting Management Cables


Management cables are connected to the RJ-45 connectors designated MNG on
the BG-30B platform. Each cable is terminated with an RJ-45 plug.
To connect management cables to the BG-30B platform:
1. Bring the cable plug against the appropriate connector on the BG-30B.
2. Connect the management station cable to the MNG connector of the
platform in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags.
3. Thread the cable through the space above the BG-30B and the left side of
the cabinet.
4. Bend the cable and thread it through the left side cable guide of the cabinet.
5. Route the cables near the right cable clamp on the C-rail.
6. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cabinet cable guide and
cable clamp.

4-30

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Installing the Wall-Mounted Cabinet Covers


and Door
After completing the equipment installation and cabling, you are ready to
install the cabinet covers and door. After each cover is installed, a grounding
cable is attached to it.

Installing the Top and Bottom Covers


To install the bottom cover:
1. Slide the bottom cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on the
cover into the opposite housing on the rear panel (marked F1 in the
following figure).

Figure 4-21: Installing top and bottom covers

2. Fasten the bottom cover to the lower support rails with four self-tapping
screws (F2) (two on each side).
3. Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the bottom cover (see
the following figure).

Figure 4-22: Connecting grounding cables

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-31

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To install the top cover:


1. Slide the top cover while inserting the two protrusions on the cover into the
opposite housing on the rear panel (see the figure Installing top and bottom
covers (page 4-31)).
2. Fasten the top cover to the upper support rails with four self-tapping screws
(F2) (two on each side).
3. Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the top cover.

Installing the Side Covers


To install the right side cover:
1. Slide the right side cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on
the cover into the opposite housing on the rear panel (marked J1 in the
following figure).

Figure 4-23: Installing side covers

2. Fasten the right side cover to the top and bottom covers with two Phillips
screws (J2), one on each side.

4-32

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

3. Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the right side cover
(see the following figure).

Figure 4-24: Connecting grounding cables

To install the left side cover:


1. Slide the left side cover into place while inserting the two protrusions on
the cover into the opposite housing on the rear panel (see the figure
Installing side covers (page 4-32)).
2. Fasten the left side cover to the top and bottom covers with two Phillips
screws (J2), one on each side.
3. Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the left side cover.

Installing the Front Door


To install the front door:
1. Slide the door upper hinge into the corresponding slot in the top cover (see
the following figure).

Figure 4-25: Installing the front door

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-33

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

2.
3.
4.
5.

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Align the door lower hinge into the corresponding slot in the bottom cover.
Adjust the door to open and close freely.
Fasten the upper and lower hex screws with a hex wrench.
Attach the corresponding grounding cable snap lug to the door (see the
following figure).

Figure 4-26: Connecting the door grounding cable

Wall-Mounted Frame
The wall-mounted frame is another option for installing the BG-30B and
accessories in SOHO.
The wall-mounted frame is 300 mm high, 600 mm wide, and 350 mm deep.
The front transparent cover protects the BG-30B traffic and fiber cables against
unintended disconnection or bending.

Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame


Wall-mounted frame installation includes the following steps:
1. Installing the cable supports
2. Installing the fiber guide tube
3. Preparing the frame installation holes
4. Installing the frame

Installing Cable Supports


Four cable supports are installed in the wall-mounted frame, two on each side.
To facilitate installation, install the cable supports in the frame before attaching
the frame to the wall.

4-34

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the cable supports in the frame:


1. Identify the cable supports according to the following figure; use this figure
as reference in the following steps.

Figure 4-27: Wall-mounted frame installation

The lower cable support is attached to the frame side in holes 5 and 8 from
the bottom as shown in the figure above.
2. Attach the lower cable support to the frame with four M3 Phill. screws,
spring washers, and flat washers.
3. Fasten the cable support to the frame.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for attaching the upper cable support to the frame. (The
upper cable support is attached to the frame side in holes 5 and 8 from the
top as shown in the figure above.)
5. Repeat Steps 1 to 4 for installing two cable supports on the other side of the
frame.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-35

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube


The fiber guide tube facilitates fiber routing in the frame. It is attached to the
right side of the frame and fastened to the cable supports.
To attach the fiber guide tube:
1. Identify the fiber guide tube attachment points according to the following
figure.

Figure 4-28: Attaching the fiber guide tube

2. Attach one end of the fiber guide tube with a cable tie to the lower cable
support near the front of the frame.
3. Shape the tube as shown in the figure, and attach it to the lower cable
support (near the rear of the frame) with a cable tie.
4. Attach the tube to the upper cable support (near the rear of the frame) with
a cable tie.

4-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Preparing Installation Holes


The wall-mounted frame needs four installation holes.
To prepare the installation holes:
1. Place the wall-mounted frame on the prescribed location on the wall. Make
sure that the wall surface is flat and even.
2. Use the frame as a template and mark the required holes through the frame.
You can use the dimensions (in mm) in the following figure as reference.

Figure 4-29: Holes location for wall-mounted frame

3. Drill four holes in the wall according to the markings.

Attaching the Wall-Mounted Frame


DANGER: The operator is responsible for the secure
mounting of the frame to the wall, using appropriate
installation practice and materials.
To attach the wall-mounted frame:
1. Place the frame on the drilled holes and align it flat. Place support beneath
as required.
2. Attach the frame to the wall and fasten it with four screws.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-37

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the BG-30B and Accessories in the


Wall-Mounted Frame
ECI Telecom offers five configurations for installing the BG-30B and
accessories in the wall-mounted frame. You can select the most suitable
configuration according to your application.
The configurations are:

4-38

BG-30B and three DDFs (option 1)

BG-30B, a DDF, and a RAP-BG (option 2)

BG-30B, a DDF, and an ICP_MCP30 (option 3)

BG-30B, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV unit (option 4)

BG-30B and a DDF (option 5)

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Installing the BG-30B and Three DDFs


(Option 1)

Figure 4-30: Installing a BG and three DDFs

To install the BG-30B:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the BG-30B in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the BG-30B to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat
washers.
3. Fasten the BG-30B to the frame.
To install the three DDFs:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the lower DDF in the wall-mounted
frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame using four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for installing the other two DDFs.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-39

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the BG-30B, a DDF, and a RAP-BG


(Option 2)

Figure 4-31: Installing a BG, a DDF, and a RAP-BG

To install the BG-30B:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the BG-30B in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the BG-30B to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat
washers.
3. Fasten the BG-30B to the frame.
To install the DDF:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.

4-40

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the RAP-BG:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the RAP-BG in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the RAP-BG to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat
washers.
3. Fasten the RAP-BG to the frame.

Installing the BG-30B, an ICP_MCP30, and a


DDF (Option 3)

Figure 4-32: Installing a BG, an ICP_MCP30, and a DDF

To install the BG-30B:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the BG-30B in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the BG-30B to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat
washers.
3. Fasten the BG-30B to the frame.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-41

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To install the ICP_MCP30:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the ICP_MCP30 in the wall-mounted
frame.
2. Attach the ICP_MCP30 to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat
washers.
3. Fasten the ICP_MCP30 to the frame.
To install the DDF:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.

Installing the BG-30B, a DDF, and an AC/DC


CONV (Option 4)

Figure 4-33: Installing a BG, a DDF, and an AC/DC CONV

4-42

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

To install the BG-30B:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the BG-30B in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the BG-30B to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat
washers.
3. Fasten the BG-30B to the frame.
To install the DDF:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.
To install the AC/DC CONV:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the AC/DC CONV in the wall-mounted
frame.
2. Attach the AC/DC CONV to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat
washers.
3. Fasten the AC/DC CONV to the frame.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-43

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the BG-30B and a DDF (Option 5)

Figure 4-34: Installing a BG and a DDF

To install the BG-30B:


1. Identify the prescribed position of the BG-30B in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the BG-30B to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat
washers.
3. Fasten the BG-30B to the frame.
To install the DDF:
1. Identify the prescribed position of the DDF in the wall-mounted frame.
2. Attach the DDF to the frame with four M6 Phill. screws and flat washers.
3. Fasten the DDF to the frame.

4-44

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame Front


Cover
The transparent cover protects the BG-30B traffic and fiber cables against
unintended disconnection or bending. The cover is attached to four holders on
the frame's front side.
The installation of the cover includes the following steps:
1. Installing the cover holders
2. Attaching the transparent cover

Installing the Cover Holders


Four holders are installed in front of the wall-mounted frame.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-45

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To install the cover holders:


1. Identify the cover holder positions on the frame according to the following
figure.

Figure 4-35: Installing the front cover

2. Insert a holder into the left upper groove on the frame and attach it with an
M4 Phill. screw, spring washer, and flat washer.
3. Fasten the holder to the frame.
4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 to attach a holder to the left lower side of the frame.
5. Repeat Steps 2 to 4 to install two holders on the right side of the frame.

4-46

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Attaching the Transparent Protection Cover


NOTE: The protection cover is attached in place only after all
cabling functions of the BG-30B and the other equipment,
described in Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in the
Frame (page 4-48), have been completed.
To attach the protection cover:
1. Identify the cover and the four latch pins according to the figure Installing
the front cover (page 4-46).
2. Insert a latch pin into each corner hole in the cover.
3. Attach the cover to the holders by inserting the pins into the corresponding
holes in the holders.
4. Push the pin latches into the holders to lock them in place.

Connecting Wall-Mounted Frame Grounding


The frame must be connected to the site grounding bar with a grounding cable
according to ETSI recommendations.
The frame is supplied with a main grounding bolt welded on the right
installation bracket. The grounding stud is identified on the frame by the
ground symbol label.
The bolt must be free of paint and connected to the site grounding bar by a
grounding cable with a cross section of the same size as the power feeding
cable or thicker, as short as possible, in compliance with UL/ETSI
recommendations. ECI Telecom recommends using a grounding cable of 12
AWG to 16 AWG made of copper strands, with a green/yellow jacket and
terminated on both sides with bolt terminals.
To ground the wall-mounted frame:
1. Unscrew the nut and spring washer from the grounding bolt (M6 size) in
the frame. The grounding bolt is shown in the figure Routing and
connecting cable and fibers in the wall-mounted frame (page 4-48).
2. Connect the grounding cable from the site grounding, terminated with an
M6 lug, to the grounding bolt.
3. Attach the grounding cable with the nut and spring washer removed in Step
1, and fasten the cable to the bolt.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-47

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Routing and Connecting Cables and Fibers in


the Frame
In general, all electrical traffic cables, power cables, alarm cables, and data
cables are routed in the space beneath the BG-30B platform and the frame
floor. All optical fibers should be routed through the flexible tube attached to
the right side of the wall-mounted frame. The side to which the cables are
passed is determined by the side of the connectors on the BG-30B front panel.
For instance, power connectors are on the left side of the BG-30B, so power
cables are routed on the left side beneath the platform. The cables are then
attached to the cable supports on the left side of the frame with cable ties.
When routing the various types of cables, observe these principles to avoid
electromagnetic and RF interference:

Traffic cables must not be routed in the same route as power cables.

Optical fibers must be routed through the special flexible tube only.

Figure 4-36: Routing and connecting cables and fibers in the wall-mounted frame

4-48

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Connecting Power Cables


The power cables are connected to the corresponding connectors on the
BG-30B platform.
NOTE: To facilitate power cable routing, it is recommended
to start from the BG-30B platform towards the power source.
To connect a power cable:
1. Connect the connector at the end of the power cable to the power connector
of the BG-30B and fasten it with its two screws.
2. Grasp the connector at the other end of the power cable and thread it
through the space between the platform and the frame.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the second power cable to be connected to the
corresponding connector on the platform.
4. Bend the cables and route them adjacent to the left side cable supports. Pull
the cables until the cable connectors are positioned against the appropriate
connectors on the power source. See the following figure for reference.

Figure 4-37: Wall-mounted frame cable routing - left side view

5. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to the cable supports.
6. Connect the free ends of the power cables in accordance with the frame
installation plan and the cable tags to the DC power connectors on the
power source.
426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-49

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connecting Alarm Cables


The alarm cable is connected to the corresponding connector on the BG-30B or
ICP_MCP30 (if used).
To connect the alarm cable:
1. Connect the connector of the alarm cable, in accordance with the frame
installation plan and the cable tags, to the Auxiliary connector on the
MCP30 (if an ICP_MCP30 is not installed) or Alarms connector on the
front panel of the ICP_MCP30.
2. Secure the cable connector to the MCP30 or ICP_MCP30 connector with
the cable connector screws. Tighten the screws manually. If you cannot
reach the screws with your hands, use an adjustable-torque flatblade
screwdriver (maximum blade size 0.6). Set the tightening torque to 40 N
cm to 44 N cm.
3. Bend the cable and route it above the BG-30B and adjacent to the left side
cable supports.
4. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the cable supports.
5. Connect the free ends of the alarm cable in accordance with the frame
installation plan and the cable tags to the customer's facility.

Connecting Optical Fibers


All optical fibers in the BG-30B platform are connected to the LC connectors
on the SFP/XFP transceivers.
Before you start:
CAUTION: Make sure that all the optical connectors are

closed at all times with the appropriate protective caps or with


the mating cable connector. Do not remove the protective cap
until an optical fiber is connected to the corresponding
connector, and immediately install a protective cap after a
cable is disconnected.
The minimum bending radius of optical fibers is 35 mm.
Sharp bending of fibers may degrade the optical transmission
characteristics.

4-50

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

To connect an optical fiber to a BG-30B module/card:


1. Insert the end of the fiber into the upper end of the flexible tube and pull it
at the lower end, near the BG-30B.
2. Bring the end of the fiber to the LC connector on the designated
module/card. Leave some slack to prevent stress.
3. Thoroughly clean the connectors of the optical fibers, using an approved
cleaning kit.
4. Remove the cover from the module/card connector, and connect the fiber
connector to it.
5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for all optical fibers to be connected to BG-30B
modules/cards.

Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic


Cables
Multipair cables are used to connect the balanced E1 (2 Mbps) interfaces
located on the BG-30B or on E1 modules installed in it.
Each cable consists of a total of 21 E1 twisted pairs per cable (transmit or
receive). The cable end connecting to the BG-30B or to the E1 module is
terminated with an appropriate male connector.
To connect multipair cables:
1. Bring the cable connector against the appropriate slot and connect the cable
connector to the corresponding module.
2. Secure the connector to the module connector with the two cable connector
screws. Tighten the screws manually. If the screws cannot be reached with
your bare hand, use an adjustable-torque flatblade screwdriver.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the space above the BG-30B and the
left side of the frame. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the
frame cable supports. See the figure Wall-mounted frame cable routing left side view (page 4-49) for reference.
4. Use a cabling diagram of the frame (or site) to associate module connectors
with the appropriate DDF connections. Cut excess cable length if
necessary.
5. If a DDF is installed in the frame, refer to Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF
(page 4-16) for connecting the E1 cables to the DDF wiring blocks.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-51

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables


Individual coaxial cables are used to connect to the interfaces located on
E3/DS-3 and electrical STM-1 modules.
As part of site preparations, suitable cables must be routed from the relevant
High Rate DDF (if used) to the intended frame location and connected to the
coaxial cables with DIN 1.0/2.3 connectors. Leave sufficient length to permit
routing the cables to the appropriate level in the frame.
To connect coaxial traffic cables to E3/DS-3 or STM-1
modules:
1. Pull each coaxial cable to the level of the corresponding electrical
connection module.
2. Connect the DIN 1.0/2.3 connector on the cable to the corresponding
electrical connector on the module.
3. Based on the frame (or site) cabling diagram, arrange the coaxial cables in
groups according to the designated module, and route them along the left
side of the frame.
4. Bend the cables and thread them through the space above the BG-30B and
the left side of the frame. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cables to
the frame cable supports. See the figure Wall-mounted frame cable routing
- left side view (page 4-49) for reference.
5. Cut excess cable length if necessary.

Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables


Timing cables are connected to the T3/T4 connectors of the BG-30B.
To connect a timing cable to the BG-30B platform:
1. Route the timing cable along the side of the frame. Fasten the cable to the
cable supports, using cable ties.
2. Pull the cable down to the level of the T3/T4 connectors and bend it until
the cable connector is positioned against the timing connector.
3. Connect the free end of the cable in accordance with the frame installation
plan and the cable tags to connector T3/T4 on the platform.
4. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports.

4-52

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

Connecting Management Cables


The management cables are connected to the RJ-45 connectors designated
MNG on the BG-30B platform. Each cable is terminated in an RJ-45 plug.
To connect management cables to the BG-30B platform:
1. Bring the cable plug against the appropriate connector on the BG-30B.
2. Connect the management station cable to the MNG connector of the
platform in accordance with the frame installation plan and the cable tags.
3. Bend the cable and thread it through the space above the BG-30B and the
left side of the frame.
4. Use cable ties as required to fasten the cable to the frame cable supports.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

4-53

BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations

4-54

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

5
Commissioning Tests
In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... 5-1
Test Equipment ................................................................................................ 5-1
Site Commissioning Tests ............................................................................... 5-2
SDH Commissioning Tests ............................................................................. 5-5
Data Network Commissioning Tests ............................................................. 5-11

Overview
After a new network has been installed and configured, commissioning tests
are performed to confirm that the installation is successful and that the network
is operating in accordance with the design specifications.

Test Equipment
The following test equipment is required for the commissioning procedures:

PDH transmission analyzer for testing PDH transmission performance

SDH transmission analyzer for testing SDH transmission performance

Data transmission test equipment for testing FE transmission performance

Optical Power Meter (OPM)

Set of optical attenuators with various values

Variable optical attenuator

FC-to-LC adapters

LC/FC optical patch cords

Multimeter

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-1

Commissioning Tests

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Suitable equipment is available from a wide range of manufacturers and


therefore no specific models are listed. You can use any equipment that meets
applicable international standards and has satisfactory measurement accuracy
over the range of operating parameters and environmental conditions that apply
to the specific network. If necessary, contact ECI Telecoms Field Engineering
Department for specific recommendations.

Site Commissioning Tests


Site commissioning tests verify the normal operation of BG-30 NEs. Perform
the following procedures on each NE at each site:

Verify the cards and modules installed in each platform.

Perform a visual inspection and mechanical checks.

Measure optical levels (see reference data in the BroadGate Product Line
General Description).

Checking Cards and Modules Installed in


Each Shelf
This check is performed to confirm that the required cards and modules have
been installed in each site, and to record their options, revisions, boot version,
and serial numbers.
The following table illustrates a typical inventory form.
Table 5-1: Card and module inventory BG-30 platform

5-2

Card/Module type

Slot

MCP30

MS

XIO30_1

XS A

Option

Revision

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Boot
version

Serial
number

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks


The visual inspection checks for proper equipment installation, correct routing
and connection of cables, and other tasks, as follows:

Equipment installation documents provide the criteria for proper equipment


installation.

The site cabling diagram provides the criteria for proper cabling routing.

After completing the visual inspection tasks (items 1 through 18 in the


following table), power on the BG-30B platform to perform an additional set of
acceptance tests (items 15 through 19 in the following table). These tests check
the functions needed for carrying out the network commissioning tests. Consult
the BroadGate Product Line General Description and the BroadGate Product
Line Reference Manual for a description of the various card indicators and their
functions.
The following table provides a typical list for recording the results of a visual
inspection and mechanical check.
Table 5-2: Visual inspection and mechanical checks
No.

Description of inspection/check

Check mechanical mounting of the rack.

Check the BG-30B/BG-30E installation; make sure that the


rail stiffeners are properly installed.

Check the ODF and FST installation and fiber connection (if
applicable).

Check the DDF installation and relevant cable connections (if


applicable).

Check ICP_MCP30 installation and relevant cable


connections (if applicable).

Check the grounding cable connections.

Check the DC power cable connections (main fuse to RAP,


RAP fuse to BG-30B/BG-30E platform).

Check the network manager station installation (if applicable).

Check the installation of modules and cards.

10

Check the connection of relevant cables or fibers for all cards


installed.

11

Provide DC supply voltage via the INF_30B or


INF_30BH/INF_30E on slot PSA to the RAP (-40 V to -75
V).

12

Provide DC supply voltage via the INF_30B or


INF_30BH/INF_30E on slot PSB to the RAP (-40 V to -75
V).

13

Power on the platform.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Results

5-3

Commissioning Tests

No.

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Description of inspection/check

Results

14

Check the proper operation of both RAP power sources by


disconnecting one source at a time.

15

Check the communication between the BG-30B platform and


the LCT-BGF via the MNG Ethernet interface on the MCP30.

16

Check the proper operation of all fans.

17

Check LED operation using the LED TEST option in the


LCT-BGF.

18

Check slot assignment for all relevant cards and modules.

19

Check there are no abnormal alarms.

Measuring Optical Levels


These measurements check optical signal levels at the various equipment ports.
Before performing any other commissioning test, proper optical levels within
the limits specified in the BroadGate Product Line System Specifications must
be achieved for each optical component.
Perform these measurements using an OPM configured according to the
wavelength at the measurement port. For reliable measurement, do not connect
the OPM directly to a port but use a two-meter fiber. When measuring high
optical power levels, use attenuators to ensure that the power does not exceed
the maximum OPM input level.
The following table illustrates a typical data form for optical level
measurements.
Table 5-3: Measured optical levels
Slot

5-4

Module type

Port

Wavelength

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Receive level
Optical
transmit level (dBm)
(dBm)

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

The measured power levels:

Must be within the range of minimum and maximum levels specified in the
BroadGate Product Line General Description for the transceiver plug-in
type installed on the corresponding port.

Must be within the expected range according to the optical network plan.

It is usually sufficient to measure the optical levels at the receive ports only. A
good port-receive level indicates that the components in the optical path up to
that port are properly connected and operating normally. If the result is not
satisfactory, perform additional measurements at the transmit port in the remote
site.

Platform Power-On Test Procedure


To power on the NE:
1. Perform slot assignments for all the relevant cards and modules in the
platform.
2. After 10 seconds, turn the platform circuit breaker off.
3. After 30 seconds, turn the platform circuit breaker on.
The equipment should automatically return to normal operation, without
user intervention and without any abnormal alarms in the system.

SDH Commissioning Tests


These commissioning tests check that SDH functionality is in accordance with
the system specifications.

Test Equipment Setup


The SDH tests are performed using a PDH analyzer, OPM, and variable
attenuators. Configure the OPM according to the measured wavelength.
The test conditions for the various interfaces are described in the following
sections.
Table 5-4: 2 Mbps tests

Framing

Unframed

Coding

HDB3

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

2 Mbps

Timing

Internal clock

Inject error

Code error

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-5

Commissioning Tests

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 5-5: 34 Mbps tests

Framing

Unframed

Coding

HDB3

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

34 Mbps

Timing

Internal clock

Inject error

Code error

Table 5-6: 45 Mbps tests

Framing

Unframed

Coding

B3ZS

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

45 Mbps

Timing

Internal clock

Inject error

Code error

Table 5-7: SDH tests

For SDH tests, configure the test equipment according to the interface type
being tested.
Signal rate

STM-1, STM-4

Mapping

Any mapping (preferably bulk)

Pattern

2 * 10-15 PRBS

Signal rate

155.520 Mbps, 622.080 Mbps

Timing

Received clock

Inject error

BIP error

Loss of Signal (LOS) Detection Test


This test verifies that NEs recognize alarms and send an alarm notification to
the management system for viewing.
To perform a LOS detection test:
1. Create NEs and links through the management system.
2. Disconnect the Rx optical fiber from one of the modules. A LOS alarm at
the SPI level of this module port appears, together with other alarms
generated by the disconnection.

5-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Network Timing Synchronization Test


This test checks that the BG-30 NEs synchronize properly and switch to the
next priority clock source when a failure occurs.
To perform network timing synchronization test:
1. Define one NE as the (internal) timing source to which all other NEs are
synchronized. This test can be done with an external timing source, if
requested.
2. Define several priorities for the timing source.
3. Disconnect the Rx fiber connected to the NE defined as the main timing
source.
If the NE has two or more timing sources, it synchronizes to the second priority
source, and an alarm is generated for the missing main timing source.
If the NE has only one timing source, the NE timing is set as hold-over and
an alarm is generated for the main timing source. Another alarm is generated to
indicate that there is no available timing source.

Input Sensitivity Test


This test verifies that the input sensitivity of the BG-30 optical modules is
according to specifications.
To perform an input sensitivity test:
1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE
(in the relevant endpoint ports).
3. Connect a variable optical attenuator to one of the fibers of the relevant
trail, and set the attenuator to 0 dB.
4. Increase the attenuation gradually until the test equipment displays a burst
of errors.
5. Connect an OPM to the first Rx point after the variable optical attenuator
and measure the total power. The measured optical power level is the input
sensitivity of the module.
6. Verify that the results are in accordance with the BroadGate Product Line
System Specifications.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-7

Commissioning Tests

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Equipment Power-On Test


This test verifies that the BG-30 NEs continue operating properly after a power
break, without operator involvement.
To perform an equipment power-on test:
1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE
(in the relevant endpoint ports).
3. Shut off the power to one of the nongateway NEs within the relevant trail.
Errors and an Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) alarm appear in the test
equipment. After approximately seven minutes, an NE disconnected
alarm appears in the management system current alarm list, and the NE
icon turns gray (indicates no communication).
4. Power on the NE and wait for it to perform the initial download to all
cards/modules in the platform. This can take five minutes.
5. Verify that the NE is connected to the management station and that there
are no relevant alarms in the test equipment or at the management station.

Traffic Stability Test


This test verifies that traffic operates according to ITU-T standards.
To perform traffic stability test:
1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE
(in the relevant endpoint ports).
3. Run this test for the appropriate time interval according to the following
table.
4. Verify that no alarms appear in the test equipment or at the management
station. You should achieve an error-free rate of 1 x 10-11 for 2 Mbps and
1 x 10-12 for all other rates.
Table 5-8: Traffic stability test time intervals

5-8

2 Mbps

34/45 Mbps

STM-1/VC-3

STM-4/VC-12

14 hours

7 hours

120 minutes

30 minutes

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Path Protection and Nonretrieval Test


This test verifies that SNCP traffic operates properly when a failure occurs.
To perform a path protection and nonretrieval test:
1. Create one protected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the other NE
(in the relevant endpoint ports).
3. Disconnect one of the fibers in the active path of the trail. Short alarm
bursts of less than 50 msec appear in the test equipment, and the
management station reports an alarm in the active path of the trail.
4. Verify that the trail works properly on the protection path.
5. Reconnect the optical fiber. The trail remains on the protection path
(nonretrieve mode), and there is no alarm in the test equipment.

Severity Assignment Test


This test, which is performed on one BG-30 NE, determines the level of
urgency accorded to each alarm and creates an alarm-handling protocol.
When a fault is detected or removed, the NE updates the status of the LEDs and
reports the alarm activation or clearing to the management station.
To perform a severity assignment test:
1. Disconnect a fiber from one of the optical interfaces. An SPI LOS alarm of
critical severity appears on the management station for the BG-30 and the
MJR LED on the BG-30B panel turns on.
2. Reconnect the fiber. The SPI LOS alarm on the management station clears
and the MJR LED on the BG-30B panel turns off (only if there are no other
alarms on the BG-30 unit).
3. Change the severity of the SPI LOS alarm to minor.
4. Disconnect a fiber from one of the optical interfaces. An SPI LOS alarm of
minor severity appears on the management station for the BG-30 and the
MNR LED on the BG-30B panel turns on (only if there is no critical or
major alarm on the BG-30 unit).
5. Reconnect the fiber. The SPI LOS alarm on the management station clears
and the MNR LED on the BG-30B panel turns off (only if there is no other
alarm on the BG-30 unit).

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-9

Commissioning Tests

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Transmission Alarm-Handling Test


This test verifies that the BG-30 NEs can recognize an alarm and send an alarm
notification to the management system, and that the management system
displays it properly.
This procedure tests the following alarms: PDH-LOS, PDH-AIS, and SPI-LOS.
To perform a transmission alarm-handling test:
1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect PDH test equipment to one NE and perform a loopback at the
other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports).
3. Disconnect the Tx cable of the test equipment. The management station
reports a LOS alarm for the relevant PDH port.
4. Set the test equipment to transmit an AIS (AIS = on). The management
station reports an AIS alarm for the relevant PDH port.
5. Disconnect the Rx fiber of an optical port. The management station reports
a LOS (SPI-LOS) alarm for the relevant optical port.
If ALS = off, the management station reports a far-end optical port
MS-RDI alarm.
If ALS = on, the management station reports a far-end optical port LOS
alarm.

Maintenance Action Test


This test verifies that maintenance actions can be performed in the BG-30 NEs
using the management system.
This procedure tests a near-end loopback, forced PDH AIS, forced low-rate
RDI, forced high-rate RDI, and forced MS-RDI.
To perform maintenance action test:
1. Create one unprotected trail of any rate between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to one NE. The PDH test equipment detects an AIS
alarm.
3. Perform a near-end loopback at the other trail endpoint. The AIS alarm in
the PDH test equipment clears, and no alarm or error remains on the PDH
test equipment.
4. Using the management station, execute a forced AIS on the PDH port that
connects to the test equipment. The PDH test equipment detects an AIS
alarm.
5. Using the management station, execute a forced low-rate RDI (or forced
high-rate RDI or forced MS-RDI) on a BG-30 platform. Another BG-30
platform reports a low-rate RDI (or high-rate RDI or MS-RDI) to the
management station.
5-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Data Network Commissioning


Tests
The data network commissioning tests check that data functionality is in
accordance with system specifications.

Throughput and Latency Tests


These tests determine the time it takes to transmit frames through the network,
and the maximum amount of data that can pass through the network before
frames are lost.
To perform throughput and latency tests:
1. Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate between two NEs in the
network.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of
the other NE through an Ethernet cable.
3. Configure the test equipment for RFC-2544 throughput and latency
measurement.
4. Measure the throughput and latency for frame sizes 64, 128, 256, 512,
1024, 1280, and 1518 bytes, and record the results in the appropriate table.
NOTES:

Measured latency is for both the forward and return paths.


For a single path, the latency is 50% of the measured
value.
The latency test is dependent on the throughput results.
For example, if 10 Mbps is tested and the throughput is
4%, the latency test should be for 4 Mbps (2 * VC-12 = 4
Mbps).
Inject traffic according to the assigned bandwidth (VC-12
= 2.048 Mbps).

Table 5-9: Throughput and latency test results


LAN port and
speed

64
bytes/
frame

128
bytes/
frame

256
bytes/
frame

512
bytes/
frame

1024 bytes/ 1280


frame
bytes/
frame

1518 bytes/
frame

Throughput
Latency

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-11

Commissioning Tests

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

System Recovery and Reset Tests


These tests determine the speed at which a device recovers from a buffer
overflow condition or from a power failure.
To perform system recovery and reset tests:
1. Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100
Mbps) between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of
the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3. Configure the test equipment for manual testing according to the port rate
and for any frame size.
4. Power off one of the NEs and verify packet loss in the test equipment.
5. Turn on the NE, wait five minutes, and verify that the errors in the test
equipment have cleared.

Frame Loss Rate Test


This test determines the number of frames that are lost when the system is
overloaded.
To perform a frame loss rate test:
1. Create two unprotected Ethernet trails between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of
the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3. Configure the test equipment for RFC-2544 for frame loss measurements.
Set to 100%.
The frame loss rate in % is defined according to the following formula:
[(input fps) - (output fps)] * 100 / (input fps)
fps = frames per second
For example, for a 100 Mbps test using 5 * VC-12 = 10 Mbps, with input
fps = 148810 and output fps = 14881, the frame loss is:
148810 - 14881 = 133929 (a 90% loss).
Table 5-10: Frame loss rate test results
Frame size

64
bytes/
frame

128
bytes/
frame

256
bytes/
frame

512
bytes/
frame

1024 bytes/ 1280


frame
bytes/
frame

1518 bytes/
frame

Frame rate
(% MFR) 100%

5-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Commissioning Tests

Stability Test
This test determines the stability of the network by checking that it can
function with no errors for a defined period of time.
To perform a stability test:
1. Create two unprotected Ethernet trails of any rate (for example,
10/100 Mbps) between two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of
the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3. Configure the test equipment for manual testing according to the port rate
and for any frame size.
4. Set the transmit rate in the test equipment to about 90% of the trail
bandwidth.
5. Run this test for two hours, and verify that no errors appear in the test
equipment.

Alarm-Handling Test
This test checks the alarm conditions forced on the NE and the subsequent
action carried out by the NE. It tests signal loss to both the data LAN port and
to the optical interfaces.
To perform an alarm-handling test:
1. Create two Ethernet trails of any rate (for example, 10/100 Mbps) between
two NEs.
2. Connect test equipment to both ports of one NE and connect two ports of
the other NE (in the relevant endpoint ports) through an Ethernet cable.
3. Disconnect the test equipment to create a signal loss to the data LAN port.
This generates a 10/100 Mbps - Link Down alarm.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

5-13

Commissioning Tests

5-14

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

6
Maintenance
In this chapter:
Overview ......................................................................................................... 6-1
Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials ............................................................. 6-1
Preventive Maintenance .................................................................................. 6-2
Onsite Troubleshooting ................................................................................... 6-3
Replacing Cards and Modules ....................................................................... 6-24

Overview
This chapter provides maintenance procedures for BG-30 equipment.
Personnel involved in maintenance must be thoroughly familiar with safety
issues, as described in Before You Start (page 2-1).

Test Equipment, Tools, and


Materials
The only tools required for most maintenance activities described in this
chapter are an LCT-BGF terminal and a multimeter. If you need to make
measurements, it is recommended to use equipment of the same type and
models used for commissioning tests, see Commissioning Tests (page 5-1). The
tools and materials necessary for equipment installation must also be available
during maintenance.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-1

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Preventive Maintenance
The purpose of preventive maintenance activities is to keep the BG-30
hardware in good condition, and detect and correct as soon as possible any
condition that may lead to deterioration and equipment malfunction.
Record the execution of the various activities and their results according to the
procedures used in your organization.
Table 6-1: Preventive maintenance inspection and checks
Item

Inspection/Check

Intervals*
W

6-2

Visually inspect the condition of cables and fibers.


Check for correct routing (no sharp bends) and proper
support to avoid stress. Avoid touching fibers during
the inspection, except as required to correct problems.

Inspect equipment racks and cases, connection


terminals, grounding, etc. Pay special attention to any
signs of corrosion.

Check the condition of rack front doors and RFI


fingers. Clean as necessary with approved cleaning
agents.

Whenever applicable, inspect ancillary equipment (air


conditioners, lighting, distribution panels, etc.) and
their power sources.

Check that all unused optical connectors are covered by X


protective covers. Add covers as necessary.

Check that cards and modules are securely attached.


All module fastening screws must be tight (tighten only
manually).

Check for proper operation of the fans (no abnormal


noise and vibrations) in all NEs.

Clean all areas around the platform in the rack and the
racks front door (if applicable), using a vacuum
cleaner.

Check that the cables connecting the DC power sources X


(main and backup) to the RAP are properly connected.

10

Check that the external alarm cables are properly


connected to the RAP.

11

Check there are no alarm indications on the cards and


modules.

12

Check that all RAP LEDs turn on and that the buzzer
sounds while the POWER ON pushbutton on the RAP
panel is pressed.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

X
X

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Item

Maintenance

Inspection/Check

Intervals*
W

13

Check that all card and module LEDs turn on when


performing the LED TEST operation using the
LCT-BGF.
Note: LEDs for FE interfaces and LEDs for Laser On
indications are not checked by the LED test operation.

14

Perform a visual check of LED indications.

15

Check the proper operation of the OW system (if


applicable to the NE).

* Legend:

W weekly

M monthly

Q quarterly

Onsite Troubleshooting
The purpose of onsite troubleshooting is to identify the hardware causing the
malfunction and return the equipment to normal operation as soon as possible.
Troubleshooting is usually initiated in response to one of the following
conditions:

Alarm or performance degradation reported by the management station.

Alarm or malfunction detected onsite by maintenance personnel, either as a


result of a troubleshooting activity initiated by the management center
personnel or as a result of a periodic inspection or preventive maintenance
action. Many problems can be detected via the various indicators available
on the BG-30 system components.

This chapter assumes familiarity with the BG-30, with SDH data, and with the
LightSoft and EMS-BGF management stations. See the respective user manual
for details on the various capabilities of the management stations and for
instructions on performing the necessary activities.
The following sections provide procedures for performing onsite
troubleshooting for various trouble categories. For each category, a
troubleshooting table provides instructions for identifying the problem.
To use the troubleshooting table:
1. Identify the closest description of the trouble symptoms under
Symptoms.
2. Perform the required corrective actions listed under Corrective actions in
the order they appear, until the trouble is corrected.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-3

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Troubleshooting Power Problems


Table 6-2: Troubleshooting power problems
No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

RAP POWER
ON indicator
off

Both main and backup


power sources failed

Corrective actions

Equipment problem

6-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Check the site power


distribution system.
Check the DC voltage at the
main and backup power
terminals of the RAP.
If the voltage is not within
the correct range, check
cable connections up to the
DC power distribution panel
and make sure no fuses are
blown.
Check the voltage supplied
by the main and backup
power sources.
Check the power
connections to the RAP.
Check the circuit breakers in
the RAP and replace if
necessary.
Check the voltage at the
BG-30B, BG-30E, and BG
OW end of each power
cable. Replace the cable or
repair the RAP if there is no
voltage present.
Check and reconnect cables
to the equipment, one by
one. If the circuit breaker
trips again when connecting
a specific unit, replace that
unit.

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

All LEDs and


fans in
BG-30B off

No input power to the


corresponding unit

Corrective actions

BG-30B card Technical failure in the


FAIL indicator corresponding unit
on

Check the corresponding


circuit breaker in the RAP,
and reset any tripped
breaker.
Check the circuit breakers in
the RAP and replace if
necessary.
If the circuit breaker trips
again, disconnect the cable
protected by the
corresponding circuit
breaker from the equipment,
and check the voltage
polarity.
Check the power cable
condition and make sure the
cable is not damaged and
does not cause short circuits.
Check proper cable
connection at both ends.
Consult General
troubleshooting procedures
for BG-30B power-on,
based on LEDs on MCP30
panel for guidance in
resolving the problem.
If the problem still exists
after Step 1, replace the unit.

Troubleshooting Using Component


Indicators
The management station usually provides onsite personnel with a list of
suspected components.
Start the troubleshooting of a suspected component by checking its indicators.
These indicators, located on the various cards and modules, can help you to
identify a malfunctioning component rapidly and efficiently according to
procedures outlined in the following tables.
NOTE: For a description of indicator functions, see the
BroadGate Product Line Reference Manual.
CAUTION: The following corrective actions are
traffic-affecting.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-5

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 6-3: General troubleshooting procedures for BG-30B power-on based on


MCP30 panel LEDs
Symptom

Probable cause

Corrective action

Indicators on MCP30 panel


FAIL

ACT

MJR

MNR

Off

Off

Off

Off

No power supply
on MCP30

On

On

On

Off

On

Blink

On

Off

No usable basic
boot inside the
MCP30 cards
flash

SD card out or
cannot be
detected

6-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

If all LEDs on the


platform are off, refer to
the Troubleshooting
Power Problems (page 64) table, item 3.
If the problem still exists,
try reinserting the
MCP30.
If the problem still exists,
replace the MCP30 card.
If the problem still exists
after replacing the
MCP30 card, check for a
problem on the slot for
the MCP30. Replace the
platform.
Extract and reinsert the
MCP30 card.
If the problem still exists,
replace the MCP30 card.
Extract the MCP30 card
and check if the SD card
is properly installed. If
not, extract and reinsert.
If there is no SD card,
install one.
If the problem still exists,
extract the MCP30 and
replace the SD card in the
MCP30.
If the problem still exists
after replacing the SD
card, replace the entire
MCP30 card.

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Symptom

Probable cause

Corrective action

Indicators on MCP30 panel


FAIL

ACT

MJR

MNR

On

On

On

Off

Vx_Boot inside
SD card not found

On

On

On

Blink

Failed to load
Vx_Boot in the
SD card

On

Blink

Blink

Blink

Failed to mount
file system inside
SD card

Extract and reinsert the


MCP30.
If the problem still exists,
extract the SD card from
the MCP30 card and
reprogram the SD card
via SD facilities (card
reader and SD loader
software).
If the problem still exists,
replace the SD card.
Extract and reinsert the
MCP30.
If the problem still exists,
extract the SD card from
the MCP30 card, and
reprogram the SD card
via SD facilities (card
reader and SD loader
software).
If the problem still exists,
replace the SD card.
Extract and reinsert the
MCP30.
If the problem still exists,
extract the SD card from
the MCP30 card, and
reprogram the SD card
via SD facilities (card
reader and SD loader
software).
If the problem still exists,
replace the SD card.

On

Blink

Blink

On

File system inside Log in the MCP30 in boot


SD card
status using the LCT-BGF
unformatted
Boot Configuration Tool, and
then format the SD card.

On

Off

Off

Blink

Startup file for


loading software
not found

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Log in the MCP30 in boot


status using the LCT-BGF
Boot Configuration Tool, and
set the active version
properly.

6-7

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Symptom

Probable cause

Corrective action

Indicators on MCP30 panel

6-8

FAIL

ACT

MJR

MNR

On

Off

Off

On

Invalid startup
file

Log in the MCP30 in boot


status using the LCT-BGF
Boot Configuration Tool, and
set the active version
properly.

On

Off

Off

Off

Invalid startup
parameter

Log in the MCP30 in boot


status using the LCT-BGF
Boot Configuration Tool, and
then set the active version
properly.

On

Off

Blink

Blink

Software package Log in the MCP30 in boot


not found
status using the LCT-BGF
Boot Configuration Tool, and
then download the version
and activate it.

On

Off

Blink

On

Failed to
decompress the
software package

Log in the MCP30 in boot


status using the LCT-BGF
Boot Configuration Tool, and
then download the version
and activate it.

On

Off

On

Blink

Install file that


carries the basic
parameters for the
NE not found

Log in the MCP30 in boot


status using the LCT-BGF
Boot Configuration Tool, and
then set the NE ID, gateway
mode, related IP, and mask
properly.

On

Off

On

Off

Invalid install file Log in the MCP30 in boot


status using the LCT-BGF
Boot Configuration Tool, and
then set the NE ID, gateway
mode, related IP, and mask
properly.

On

On

Off

On

Invalid NE
parameter

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Log in the MCP30 in boot


status using the LCT-BGF
Boot Configuration Tool, and
then set the NE ID, gateway
mode, related IP, and mask
properly.

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Symptom

Probable cause

Corrective action

Indicators on MCP30 panel


FAIL

ACT

MJR

MNR

On

On

Off

Blink

Failed to mount
file system 2
inside SD card

Extract and reinsert the


MCP30.
If the problem still exists,
extract the SD card from
the MCP30 card, and
reprogram the SD card
via SD facilities (card
reader and SD loader
software).
If the problem still exists,
replace the SD card.

For normal operation, after system power-on or card insertion, the LEDs on the
Tslot and XIO card panels are:

ACT: On

FAIL: Off

When MCP30 software is running normally, after three to five minutes, the
ACT LED starts to blink periodically and the FAIL LED is permanently off
when no failure is detected.
Table 6-4: General troubleshooting procedures for Tslot or XIO panels
Indicators on Tslot or XIO
module panels
FAIL

ACT

Off

Off

Probable cause

Corrective actions

No power supply

Check if caused by power


module failure or no power
input.
Extract and reinsert the
module.
If the problem still exists,
replace the module.

When the MCP30 is operating normally, the ACT LED blinks periodically and
the FAIL LED is permanently off.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-9

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 6-5: General troubleshooting procedures for the MCP30


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

ACT LED is
permanently on
or off

Incorrect version or
database
Faulty Card

Corrective actions

FAIL indicator
on

Hardware failure

6-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Perform a warm reset on


the BG-30B by pressing
the RST button.
If the ACT indicator starts
to blink, observe it for five
minutes to ensure that the
problem has been
resolved.
If the ACT indicator still
does not blink after a
warm reset, extract and
reinsert the MCP30.
If the problem still exists,
try a version download
again, using the LCT-BGF
Boot Configuration Tool.
If the problem still exists,
delete the NE database and
reconfigure the NE.
If the problem still exists,
replace the MCP30 and
reconfigure the NE.
Obtain the BIT code of the
MCP30 from the
management system in
order to see detailed
information regarding the
failure. Then act
accordingly.
Perform a cold reset to the
card from the management
system or extract and
reinsert the card.
If the problem still exists,
replace MCP30 card.

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Table 6-6: General troubleshooting procedures on Tslot and XIO module panels
No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Corrective actions

ACT indicator
permanently on
or off

Indicator failure

Select Maintenance > LED


Test in the LCT-BGF menu. If
the test executes successfully
but the indicator does not blink
for 10 seconds, the LED may
be damaged.

FPGA load failure


Software or system
problem

FAIL indicator
on

Card hardware failure

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Check whether the


BIT-Fail of the FPGA
load fail exists by
obtaining the BIT code of
the card using the
LCT-BGF or the
EMS-BGF. If yes, reinsert
the card or perform a cold
reset to the card.
If no FPGA load fail
exists, extract the MCP30
and reinsert it.
If the ACT indicator starts
to blink, observe it for five
minutes to ensure that the
problem has been resolved.
If the problem still exists,
extract and reinsert the
faulty card.
If the problem still exists,
power off the entire
BG-30B unit and power on
again, if permitted.
If the problem still exists,
replace the card or
reconfigure the NE
database.
Obtain the BIT code from
the management system
(LCT-BGF or EMS-BGF).
This code details the
failure cause. Perform the
necessary actions based on
this code.
Reinsert or cold reset the
card. If the problem still
exists, replace the card.

6-11

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 6-7: General troubleshooting procedures for the INF_30B/INF_30BH and


INF_30BH
No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green ACT
indicator always
off

Power failure

Corrective actions

Check if the input power voltage


is within the correct range. If
not, check the power problem
according to the Troubleshooting
Power Problems table.
Replace the
INF_30B/INF_30BH OR
INF_30BH.

Table 6-8: General troubleshooting procedures for the FCU_30B/FCU_30BH


No.

Symptoms

Green ACT
Power failure
indicator
permanently off

FAIL indicator
on

Probable cause

Fan fail

Corrective actions

Check the power system.


Replace the
FCU_30B/FCU_30BH.
Extract the module and reinsert
the unit.
If the problem still exists,
replace the module.

The following table relates to the following cards/modules: XIO30_1,


XIO30Q_1&4, XIO30_4, XIO30_16, SMD1B, SMQ1&4, SMS4, and SMD4.

6-12

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Table 6-9: General troubleshooting procedures for optical transceiver plug-ins


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green
transceiver
Laser On
indicator off

SFP module
damage

Corrective actions

Incorrect
configuration

426006-2333-013-A05

On the LCT-BGF, if the SFP


type cannot be obtained
successfully, the IDPROM of the
SFP module may be damaged.
Replace it.
If the SFP type information is
consistent with the expected SFP
type, force the laser on through
the LCT-BGF. The Laser On
indicator should be on. If not, the
SFP module or the optical
module is damaged. Replace the
damaged module.

On the LCT-BGF, check whether


there is a SFP-ID-Failure alarm in
the corresponding optical interface.
If yes, replace the SFP module
purchased from ECI Telecom. Then
check the SFP module type. If not
the expected SFP type, replace with
the proper type.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-13

Maintenance

No.

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Symptoms

Probable cause

Corresponding
optical transmitter
may have been
turned off by the
ALS function (see
the following note)

Corrective actions

Check that all the fibers are


properly connected to the
corresponding optical
transceiver.
When available, select
Maintenance > Laser
Management > Laser Switch >
Force Laser On in the
LCT-BGF to activate the
corresponding laser.
Use an OPM to measure the
output optical power. If not
within the range of min. and
max. levels specified in the
BroadGate Product Line System
Specifications during a
90-second period, the problem is
in the transmit side of the
transceiver. Remove and reinsert
the transceiver.
Check the output optical power
again. If the output optical power
is still not within the range of
minimum and maximum levels
specified in the BroadGate
Product Line System
Specifications, replace the
transceiver.

If the problem still exists, check


the received optical power with
an OPM. If the optical power is
within the range of minimum
and maximum levels specified in
the BroadGate Product Line
System Specifications, replace
the transceiver.
If the problem still exists after
following the previous steps,
check the remote site.
If there are no problems on both
sites, the problem may be in the
optical fiber between the two
sites.
NOTE: Be sure to turn on the ALS
function after performing all checks.

6-14

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

NOTE: An optical port with ALS capability turns off its


transmitter when the corresponding receive signal is lost.
Turning the transmitter off may cause a chain reaction which
turns the optical signals off in a whole section of the network
and generates a large number of alarms. As a result, it may be
difficult to identify the real cause of the problem and you may
need to use the management station log records to identify the
port.

Each FE port has two LEDs that reside on the RJ-45 connector. One is a link
indication (green) and the other a speed indication (orange).
Table 6-10: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMFE_4_L1, DMFE_4_L2, and
DMEOP_4
No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Link indicator
off

Disconnection or
consequent action of EoS
TSF/CSF

Corrective actions

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Check if a cable is
disconnected. If yes,
reconnect it.
Check if customer
equipment is powered off
or has a fault.
Check whether the CSF of
the related port is enabled
using the management
system. If CSF is enabled,
change it to disabled.
If the link is up after the
CSF is disabled, identify
the link-off cause,
according to the relevant
procedure.
If the problem still exists,
extract and reinsert the
card.
If the problem still exists,
replace the
DMFE_4_L1/DMFE_4_L
2 card.

6-15

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Speed indicator
off

10 Mbps link or link fail

Corrective actions

Check if 10 Mbps is the


expected speed for this
link. If yes, then no
problem exists. If the
expected speed is 100
Mbps, then this speed is
problematic.
Restart autonegotiation by
forcing the interface to
100 Mbps full-duplex
mode and then change it
back to autonegotiate.
Check whether the
customer equipment
supports autonegotiation.
If it does not, force the
port to the same mode
supported by the customer
equipment.

Table 6-11: General troubleshooting procedures for extended cards (PE1_63,


P345_3, SM_10E, ESW_2G_8F_E, S1_4, and S4_1)
No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Both red FAIL


Boot damaged
indicator and red
Alarm indicator
do not turn off
after power-on

Extract the card and reinsert it


into the extended slot on the
BG-30E. If this does not
resolve the problem, replace
the module.

Green ACT
indicator off

Select Maintenance > LED


Test in the LCT-BGF menu
and check that the indicator
blinks for some time. If not,
replace the module.

Defective indicator

FPGA in module
downloaded
unsuccessfully

Corrective actions

6-16

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Power off and wait a few


minutes before powering
on again.
If the Green ACT
indicator is still off,
download and activate the
NE embedded software
package either through the
LCT-BGF or the Boot
Configuration Tool.
After the new embedded
software package is
activated, the ACT
indicator should be on and
the FAIL indicator off.

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

No.

Symptoms

Maintenance

Probable cause

Defective module

Corrective actions

Red FAIL
indicator on or
not turning off
after power-on
and reset

Embedded software and


FPGA not downloaded

Damaged software or
defective card/module

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

If the ACT indicator is


still off, replace the
module.
If the ACT indicator is
still off, replace the
BG-30B unit.
Power off and wait a few
minutes before powering
on again.
If the Red FAIL indicator
is still on, download and
activate the NE embedded
software package either
through the LCT-BGF or
the Boot Configuration
Tool.
After the new embedded
software package is
activated, the ACT
indicator should be on and
the FAIL indicator off.
Perform a warm reset on
the BG-30B by pushing
the RST button.
If the FAIL indicator is on
after reset, download and
activate the NE embedded
software package either
through the LCT-BGF or
the Boot Configuration
Tool.
After the software is
completely downloaded to
the BG-30B, the ACT
indicator should be on and
the FAIL indicator off.
If the FAIL indicator turns
on again, replace the
module.

6-17

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 6-12: Special troubleshooting procedures for P345_3 card


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Corrective actions

Orange mode
indicator off

Corresponding port
configured to E3

Check with the management station


operator to determine whether the
module has already been
configured for DS-3. If not, ignore
the state of the Mode indicator.

Defective indicators

If the port is in DS-3 mode, the


indicator should be on. If not,
replace the card.

Table 6-13: Special troubleshooting procedures for ESW_2G_8F_E cards


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Right green
LED in the
FE-P1~FE-P8
RJ-45 off

Link down or
defective indicator

Corrective actions

Left orange
LED in the
FE-P1~FE-P8
RJ-45 off

10 Mbps link or
defective indicator

6-18

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

No trail on the corresponding


Ethernet ports indicates a
normal state.
If there are trails on the
corresponding Ethernet ports,
check whether there is a CSF
alarm in the corresponding
Ethernet trails.
If yes, try to find the reason for
the CSF problems and resolve
it. Check the link status again.
Make sure the cable connected
to the corresponding port is not
damaged.
Connect the cable to an
Ethernet analyzer. If a normal
signal is detected, the indicator
is defective or the port is
unavailable. Replace the card.
Check the port attributes in the
LCT-BGF. If the speed status
is 10 Mbps, it is in normal
state.
If the speed status in the
LCT-BGF is 100 Mbps, the
BG-30B or indicator is
defective. Replace the card.

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green
SFP module
transceiver laser damaged
of GbE LAN
indicator off

Corrective actions

On the LCT-BGF, get the


current alarm, if there is a
SFP-ID-Fail alarm, the
IDPROM of the SFP module
may be damaged. Replace it.
Force the laser on through the
LCT-BGF. The laser on
indicator should be on. If not,
the SFP module or the optical
module is damaged. Replace
the damaged module.

Table 6-14: General troubleshooting procedures for daughterboards on SM_10E


cards
No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green ACT
Defective indicator
indicator off after or defective
power on or reset daughterboard

Corrective actions

Defective Dslot on
SM_10E
2

Red FAIL
BIT fail
indicator on after
power on or reset

426006-2333-013-A05

Check whether the SM_10E


card is running, meaning that
the ACT LED is blinking. If
yes, extract the daughterboard
and reinsert it.
If the Green ACT indicator
does not turn on too, replace
the daughterboard.

If replacing the daughterboard does


not resolve the problem, replace the
SM_10E card.
Replace the module.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-19

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 6-15: Special troubleshooting procedures for SM_EOP daughter boards


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Left green LED


in the Port 1 or
Port 2 RJ-45 off

Link down or
defective indicator

Corrective actions

Right orange
10 Mbps link or
LED in the Port defective indicator
1 or Port 2 RJ-45
off

No trail on the corresponding


Ethernet ports indicates a
normal state.
If there are trails on the
corresponding Ethernet ports,
check whether there is a CSF
alarm in the corresponding
Ethernet trails.
If yes, try to find the reason for
the CSF problem and resolve
it, and check the link status
again.
Make sure the cable connected
to the corresponding port is not
damaged.
Connect the cable to an
Ethernet analyzer. If a normal
signal is detected, the indicator
is defective or the port is
unavailable. Replace the card.
Check the port attributes in the
LCT-BGF. If the speed status
is 10 Mbps, it is in normal
state.
If the speed status in the
LCT-BGF is 100 Mbps, the
indicator is defective. Replace
the card.

Table 6-16: Special troubleshooting procedures for OW box


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green ACT
indicator is
always off

Power failure

Corrective actions

Power off and wait a few


minutes before powering on
again.
If the indicator is still off,
replace the OW box.

Select Maintenance > LED Test


in the LCT-BGF menu, and check
that the indicator blinks for some
time. If not, replace the OW box.
2.

6-20

Both ACT and


Fail Indicators
blink

S/W on OW box
damaged

Replace OW box.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Red FAIL
indicator on

Connection between
OW and BG-30B
failure or faulty OW
box

Corrective actions

Green In Use
indicator off

Green NET A
indicator off

Defective indicator

Select Maintenance > LED Test


in the LCT-BGF menu, and check
that the indicator blinks for some
time. If not, replace the OW box.

OW phone not in
use

If the OW phone is on the hook,


the indicator should be off; it is
normal. Pick the phone up; the
indicator should be on.

Defective indicator

Select Maintenance > LED Test


in the LCT-BGF menu, and check
that the indicator blinks for some
time. If not, replace the OW box.

OW not working on Check if OW is working on group


Group A
A. If not, ignore the state of the
indicator.
Defective indicator

Green NET B
indicator off

Select Maintenance > LED Test


in the LCT-BGF menu, and check
that the indicator blinks for some
time. If not, replace the OW box.

OW not working on Check if OW is working on group


Group B
B. If not, ignore the state of the
indicator.
Defective indicator

426006-2333-013-A05

Check the alarms on the OW


through LCT-BGF.
If there is Card-out alarm,
check the connection between
BG-30B and the OW box, and
try to solve it by reconnecting
or replacing the cable.
If there is a BIT-fail alarm,
replace the OW box.

Select Maintenance > LED Test


in the LCT-BGF menu, and check
that the indicator blinks for some
time. If not, replace the OW box.

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-21

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 6-17: Special troubleshooting procedures for TP21_2/TP63_1/TPS1_1 cards


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green ACT
Defective indicator
indicator off
or power fault
after power-on or
reset
Defective card

Corrective actions

Extract the card and reinsert it. If


the indicator is still off, replace the
card.

Red FAIL
indicator on or
not turning off
after power-on
and reset

FPGA not
downloaded

Yellow traffic
indicator off

If the ACT indicator is still off,


replace the module.
If the ACT indicator is still off,
replace the BG-30E unit.
Power off and wait a few
minutes before powering on.
If the Red FAIL indicator is
still on, download and activate
the NE embedded software
package either through the
LCT-BGF or the Boot
Configuration Tool.
After the new embedded
software package is active, the
ACT indicator should be on
and the FAIL indicator off.

Corresponding port
not on the working
path

Check with the management station


operator to determine whether the
port is on the working path. If not,
ignore the state of the Mode
indicator.

Defective indicators

If the port is on the working path,


the indicator should be on. If not,
replace the card.

Table 6-18: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMFX_4_L1 and DMFX_4_L2


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green transceiver SFP module


laser of FX LAN damaged
indicator off

Corrective actions

6-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

If there is an SFP-ID-Fail
alarm, on the LCT-BGF, the
IDPROM of the SFP module
may be damaged. Replace it.
Force the laser on through the
LCT-BGF; the laser on
indicator should be on. If not,
the SFP module or the optical
module is damaged. Replace
the damaged module.

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Table 6-19: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMGE_1_L1


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Right green LED Link down or


in the RJ-45 off defective indicator

Corrective actions

Left orange LED 10 Mbps link or


in the RJ-45 off defective indicator

Green
transceiver laser
of GbE LAN
indicator off

SFP module
damaged

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

No trail on the corresponding


Ethernet ports indicates a
normal state.
If there are trails on the
corresponding Ethernet ports,
check whether there is a CSF
alarm in the corresponding
Ethernet trails.
If yes, try to find the reason for
the CSF problem and resolve.
Check the link status again.
Make sure the cable connected
to the corresponding port is not
damaged.
Connect the cable to an
Ethernet analyzer. If a normal
signal is detected, the indicator
is defective or the port
unavailable. Replace the card.
Check the port attributes in the
LCT-BGF. If the speed status
is 10 Mbps, it is in normal
state.
If the speed status in the
LCT-BGF is 100 Mbps, the
BG-30B or indicator is
defective. Replace the card.
On the LCT-BGF, get the
current alarm. If there is an
SFP-ID-Fail alarm, the
IDPROM of the SFP module
may be damaged. Replace it.
Force the laser on through the
LCT-BGF; the laser on
indicator should be on. If not,
the SFP module or the optical
module is damaged. Replace
the damaged module.

6-23

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table 6-20: Special troubleshooting procedures for DMGE_4_L1 and DMGE_2_L2


No.

Symptoms

Probable cause

Green transceiver SFP module damaged


laser of GbE
LAN indicator
off

Corrective actions

On the LCT-BGF, get the


current alarm. If there is an
SFP-ID-Fail alarm, the
IDPROM of the SFP
module may be damaged.
Replace it.
Force the laser on through
the LCT-BGF. The laser
on indicator should be on.
If not, the SFP module or
the optical module is
damaged. Replace the
damaged module.

Replacing Cards and Modules


Safety and Workmanship
Refer to Before You Start (page 2-1) for safety and workmanship instructions.
CAUTION: Static Sensitive Devices
PROPER HANDLING AND GROUNDING
PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED
BG-30 equipment contains components sensitive to ESD. To
prevent ESD damage, strictly observe all the precautions
listed in Protection Against ESD (page 2-22). Keep parts and
cards in their antistatic packaging material until you are ready
to install them.
Use an antistatic wrist strap connected to a grounded
equipment frame or rack when handling cards and modules
during installation, removal, or connection to internal
connectors.

6-24

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Before you start:


When inserting cards and modules, be sure to carefully align the card/module
with the platform guide rails. If you feel resistance during insertion,
immediately retract the card/module and repeat the process.
Hold the card/module straight during insertion and removal, and pull or push it
slowly and carefully to avoid touching components located on adjacent
cards/modules.
Do not use excessive torque when tightening the fastening screws of cards and
modules.
Visually inspect the card and the mating backplane connectors and make sure
that there are no signs of physical damage. In particular, check for bent
connector pins.
Before replacing any card, module, or optical transceiver:
1. Check that the replacement component has not been physically damaged
during shipment.
2. Remove the replacement component from its antistatic protection
packaging, and perform a visual inspection to detect damage during
shipment. Report any problems.
3. Record the hardware and software versions as indicated on the component
identification labels, and make sure they are compatible with those of the
component to be replaced.
After replacing a component:
1. Place it in its antistatic protection packaging and close it.
2. Attach a report to the packaging explaining the reason for the replacement,
and identify the network site, physical location, platform, and time of
replacement.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-25

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Replacing the MCP30 Card


CAUTION: Replacing the MCP30 card does not affect traffic
on other Tslot cards. However, T3/T4 synchronization
signals, the E1-based DCC clear channel, and OW traffic are
unavailable for the duration of the replacement.

To replace an MCP30 card in the BG-30B platform:


1. Mark each cable connected to the MCP30 card for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the MCP30 card.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handle on the MCP30 panel and pull the card to be replaced
outward until it is released from the backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the card out of the platform.
6. Extract the SD (or CF) card from the replaced MCP30 card. Push the SD
(or CF) card and then release it to remove the card from the slot
automatically.
7. Insert the SD (or CF) card into the replacement MCP30 card. Be sure the
card is properly locked.
8. Insert the rear end of the replacement card into the corresponding card
guides.
9. Push the replacement card in until the front panel of the card is flush with
the front of the BG-30B platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
10. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the card to the BG-30B platform.
11. Reconnect all cables for the MCP30 card according to the cable marks.

6-26

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Replacing XIO30 Cards


CAUTION: Because of XIO30 card redundancy, all the traffic
on the main XIO30 can be protected by the standby XIO30
when replacing the main card. To avoid breaks in traffic, the
XIO30 cards must be replaced one by one. It is important that
the standby XIO30 card be running before replacing the main
XIO30 card.

To replace an XIO30 card in the BG-30B platform:


1. Mark the fibers connected to the XIO30 card for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all fibers connecting the XIO30 card.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handle on the XIO30 card panel and pull the card to be replaced
outward until it is released from the backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the card out of the platform.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement card into the corresponding card
guides.
7. Push the replacement card in until the front panel of the card is flush with
the front of the BG-30B platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the card to the BG-30B platform.
9. Reconnect the fibers for the XIO30 card according to the cable marks.

Replacing Tslot Cards


To replace a Tslot card in the BG-30B platform:
1. Mark each cable connected to the Tslot card for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the Tslot card.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handle on the Tslot card panel and pull the card to be replaced
outward until it is released from the backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the card out of the platform.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement card into the corresponding card
guides.
7. Push the replacement card in until the front panel of the card is flush with
the front of the BG-30B platform. If resistance is felt before the connectors
are flush, pull the card out and repeat the procedure.
8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the card to the BG-30B platform.
9. Reconnect all cables for the Tslot card according to the cable marks.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-27

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Replacing Eslot Cards


NOTE: All Eslot cards support live insertion. There is no
need to power-off the BG-30B or the BG-30E units when
replacing them.
To replace an Eslot card in the BG-30E platform:
1. Mark each cable connected to the Eslot card for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the Eslot card.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handles on the Eslot card panel and pull the module to be replaced
outward until it is released from the backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the
platform.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding
module guides.
7. Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush
with the front of the BG-30E platform. If resistance is felt before the
connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the BG-30E platform.
9. Reconnect all cables for the Eslot card according to the cable marks.

Replacing Traffic Modules on the SM_10E


NOTE: All traffic modules on the SM_10E support live
insertion. There is no need to extract the SM_10E card when
replacing a module.
To replace a traffic module on the SM_10E:
1. Mark each cable connected to the traffic module on the SM_10E card for
identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the traffic module.
3. Loosen and remove the two screws.
4. Hold the handles on the traffic module panel and pull the module to be
replaced outward until it is released from the SM_10E card.
5. Continue to hold the handle and gently pull the module out of the card.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding
module guides.

6-28

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

7. Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush
with the front of the SM_10E card. If resistance is felt before the
connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the SM_10E card.
9. Reconnect all cables for the traffic module according to the cable marks.

Replacing ICPs for the SM_10E


To replace an ICP for the SM_10E:
1. Mark each cable connected to the ICP for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the ICP.
3. Loosen and remove the four screws.
4. Replace the ICP and close the screws to fasten the ICP to the platform.
5. Reconnect all cables for the ICP according to the cable marks.

Replacing Power Modules


CAUTION:

If using a DC power supply, each BG-30B/BG-30E


platform has two power modules. Replacing the power
module therefore does not cause the NE to power off.
Replace INF_30 modules one at a time so that the system
is not powered off.

To replace the power module:


1. Cut off the power source connected to the power module by turning off the
corresponding power switch on the RAP.
2. Disconnect the power cable from the replaced power module on the panel.
3. Open the two screws fastening the power module to the platform.
4. Hold the handle on the panel and pull the module to be replaced outward
until it is released from the backplane.
5. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the
platform.
6. Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding
module guides.
7. Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush
with the front of the BG-30B or BG-30E platform. If resistance is felt
before the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the
procedure.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-29

Maintenance

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

8. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the BG-30B or
BG-30E platform.
9. Reconnect the power cable to the replacement power module.
10. Turn on the power switch on the RAP.

Replacing the
FCU_30B/FCU_30BH/FCU_30E Module
CAUTION:

Each BG-30B/BG-30E platform has one FCU module.


Replace the FCU module as soon as needed, as the
temperature inside the BG-30B/BG-30E continues to rise
without the fan unit. The high temperature can cause
hardware damage.

To replace an FCU_30B/FCU_30BH/FCU_30E module in the


BG-30B/BG-30E platform:
1. Loosen and remove the screws on the panel.
2. Hold the handle on the FCU_30B/FCU_30BH/FCU_30E panel and pull the
module to be replaced outward until it is released from the backplane.
3. Continue to hold the handles and gently pull the module out of the
platform.
4. Insert the rear end of the replacement module into the corresponding card
guides.
5. Push the replacement module in until the front panel of the module is flush
with the front of the BG-30B/BG-30E platform. If resistance is felt before
the connectors are flush, pull the module out and repeat the procedure.
6. Close the screws on the panel to fasten the module to the BG-30B/BG-30E
platform.

Replacing an ICP for the MCP30


To replace an ICP for the MCP30:
1. Mark each cable connected to the ICP for identification purposes.
2. Disconnect all cables connecting the ICP.
3. Loosen and remove the four screws.
4. Replace the ICP and close the screws to fasten the ICP to the platform.
5. Reconnect all cables for the ICP according to the cable marks.

6-30

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Maintenance

Replacing SFP/XFP Transceivers


ECI Telecom supplies field-replaceable SFP/XFP transceivers in all optical and
electrical STM-1 interfaces. Hot swapping is allowed, provided you observe
the safety precautions described in Before You Start (page 2-1) during the
replacement.
To replace an SFP/XFP transceiver:
1. Mark each fiber or cable connected to the transceiver for identification
purposes.
2. Identify the position of the SFP/XFP transceiver to be replaced.
3. Disconnect the fibers or cables connected to the transceiver.
4. Remove the transceiver plug-in by pulling its tab.
5. Insert the rear end of the replacement transceiver plug-in into the prescribed
position, and push slowly backward to mate its rear connector with the
corresponding optical interface module connector until the transceiver
clicks into place (see the following figure). If you feel resistance before the
transceiver plug-in is fully inserted, retract the transceiver and repeat the
process.

Figure 6-1: Inserting an SFP/XFP transceiver into an XIO module

6. Reconnect the fibers or cables disconnected in Step 3.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

6-31

Maintenance

6-32

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

A
Connection Data
In this appendix:
Overview ........................................................................................................ A-2
INF_30B/INF_30BH/INF_30E DC Input Power Connectors ........................ A-2
AC_CONV_30B/AC_CONV_30E AC Input Power Connectors .................. A-2
MNG Ethernet Connector ............................................................................... A-3
T3/T4 Timing Connector ................................................................................ A-4
Auxiliary Connector on the MCP30 ............................................................... A-5
RS-232 Connector .......................................................................................... A-7
Orderwire Connector ...................................................................................... A-8
V.11 Overhead Connector .............................................................................. A-9
Alarms Connector ......................................................................................... A-10
E1 Connectors on the PME1_21 .................................................................. A-11
PME1_63 Connection Data .......................................................................... A-15
Ethernet Interface Connectors ...................................................................... A-23
PM345_3 Card Connection Data .................................................................. A-23
P345_3E Card Connection Data ................................................................... A-23
PE1_63 Card Connection Data ..................................................................... A-23
ESW_2G_8F_E Card Connection Data........................................................ A-24
MPS_2G_8F Card Connection Data ............................................................ A-24
DMGE_1_L1 Connection Data .................................................................... A-25
TP21_2 Connection Data.............................................................................. A-25
TP63_1 Connection Data.............................................................................. A-30
TPS1_1 Connection Data ............................................................................. A-31
SM_10E Card Connection Data ................................................................... A-31
ICP_VF Connection Data ............................................................................. A-44
ICP_V24 Connection Data ........................................................................... A-45
ICP_V35 Connection Data ........................................................................... A-48
ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data .................................................................. A-49
ICP_DB37D Connection Data...................................................................... A-51
RAP-4B Connectors ..................................................................................... A-55

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-1

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Overview
This appendix provides connection data for the user connectors located in the
BG-30B/BG-30E platforms and associated ancillary equipment supplied by
ECI Telecom.
Any connectors not described in this appendix are reserved for use by ECI
Telecom technical support personnel and/or future expansion, and therefore no
user equipment may be connected to them.

INF_30B/INF_30BH/INF_30E
DC Input Power Connectors
The DC input power connectors, designated POWER IN, are 3-pin D-type
male connectors located on the INF_30B/INF_30BH/INF_30E panel. The
following figure identifies the functions of the POWER IN connector pins, as
seen when looking into the connector.

Figure A-1: POWER IN input power connector, pin functions

AC_CONV_30B/AC_CONV_30E
AC Input Power Connectors
AC input power connectors are located on the
AC_CONV_30B/AC_CONV_30E front panel, as shown in the following
figure.

Figure A-2: AC input power connector

A-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

MNG Ethernet Connector


The Ethernet connector located on the MCP30 panel, designated MNG, is an
eight-pin RJ-45 connector providing an Ethernet 10BaseT management
interface.
The Ethernet connector is wired as a station port intended for direct connection
through a straight cable to a port of a 10BaseT Ethernet hub.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector.

Figure A-3: Ethernet connector, PIN identification


Table A-1: Ethernet connector, pin assignment
Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

TX+

Transmit, + wire

Output

TX-

Transmit, - wire

Output

RX+

Receive, + wire

Input

4, 5

N/C

Not connected

---

RX-

Receive, - wire

Input

N/C

Not connected

---

N/C

Not connected

---

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-3

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

T3/T4 Timing Connector


The T3/T4 timing connector is an RJ-45 connector located on the MCP30 panel
and designated T3/T4. The interface includes a group of lines that are usually
connected to the site timing reference distribution subsystem:

Clock input (T3 2.048 Mbps or 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703
interface)

Clock output (T4 2.048 Mbps or 2.048 MHz signal, ITU-T Rec. G.703
interface)

The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for the connector. It also lists
the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered
by ECI Telecom for connecting between the tributary connector and a
distribution frame.

Figure A-4: T3/T4 connector, pin identification


Table A-2: T3/T4 connector, PIN identification

A-4

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CLK2MHZ_IN(A)

2 MHz clock input

Input

Blue

CLK2MHZ_IN(B)

Input

White/Blue

CLK2MHZ_OUT(A)

2 MHz clock output Output

CLK2MHZ_OUT(B)

Output

White/Green

CLK2MBIT_IN(A)

Input

Brown

CLK2MBIT_IN(B)

Input

White/Brown

CLK2MBIT_OUT(A)

Output

Orange

CLK2MBIT_OUT(B)

Output

White/Orange

2 Mbps clock input


2 Mbps clock
output

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Green

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Auxiliary Connector on the


MCP30
The MCP30 provides one Auxiliary interface on its front panel. This 36-pin
VHDCI female connector serves V.11, RS-232, alarm, and OW signals. There
are two options for using this connector:

If only Alarms interfaces are used, a special alarm cable supplied by ECI
Telecom can be connected to the Auxiliary connector directly and can only
serve alarm signals.

If other interfaces are also used, the ICP_MCP30, which distributes the
concentrated Auxiliary connector into dedicated connectors for each
function, must be connected to this Auxiliary connector through a
back-to-back cable.

The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector. It also
lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables
offered by ECI Telecom for connecting between the tributary connector and a
distribution frame.

Figure A-5: Auxiliary connector for MCP30/MCP64, pin identification


Table A-3: 1-11 Auxiliary connector, pin assignment
Pin in VHDCI36
MCP30

Name

Function

Direction

Pin in SCSI-36
ICP_MCP30

AL_INA1

First alarm input wire A

Input

AL_INB1

First alarm input wire B

Input

AL_INA3

Third alarm input wire A

Input

AL_INB3

Third alarm input wire B

Input

AL_OUTA1

First alarm output wire A

Output

AL_OUTB1

First alarm output wire B

Output

AL_OUT3(B2)

Third alarm output,


normally open

Output

N/C

Not connected

---

RXD

Channel receive

Input

10

N/C

Not connected

---

10

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-5

Connection Data

A-6

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Pin in VHDCI36
MCP30

Name

Function

Direction

Pin in SCSI-36
ICP_MCP30

11

OW_2M_INP

Orderwire input wire A

Input

11

12

OW_2M_INN

Orderwire input wire B

Input

12

13

V11TXDA

Transmit data A

From DTE

13

14

V11TXDB

Transmit data B

From DTE

14

15

V11RCLKA

Receive timing A

To DTE

15

16

V11RCLKB

Receive timing B

To DTE

16

17

V11RXDA

Receive data A

To DTE

17

18

V11RXDB

Receive data B

To DTE

18

19

AL_INA2

Second alarm input wire A

Input

19

20

AL_INB2

Second alarm input wire B

Input

20

21

AL_INA4

Fourth alarm input wire A

Input

21

22

AL_INB4

Fourth alarm input wire B

Input

22

23

AL_OUTA2

Second alarm output wire A Output

23

24

AL_OUTB2

Second alarm output wire B Output

24

25

AL_OUTA3

Third alarm output,


common

Output

25

26

AL_OUT3(B1)

Third alarm output,


normally closed

Output

26

27

RS232_GND

Ground

---

27

28

TXD

Channel transmit

Output

28

29

OW_2M_OUTP

Orderwire output wire A

Output

29

30

OW_2M_OUTN

Orderwire output wire B

Output

30

31

V11_RCA

Terminal timing A

From DTE

31

32

V11_RCB

Terminal timing A

From DTE

32

33

V11_TCLKA

Transmit timing A

To DTE

33

34

V11_TCLKB

Transmit timing B

To DTE

34

35

V11_GND

GND

---

35

36

CGND

CGND

---

36

Shell

---

Braid

---

Shell

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

RS-232 Connector
One RS-232 connector provides a debug RS-232 interface; it's an RJ-45
connector located on the ICP_MCP30 panel and designated RS-232.
The following figure shows an RS-232 cable from the RJ-45 connector to the
DB-9 female connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for both
the RJ-45 connector and the DB-9 connector, when using the RS-232 cable
supplied by ECI Telecom.

Figure A-6: RS-232 overhead connectors, pin identification

Figure A-7: RS-232 overhead cable

Figure A-8: RS-232 overhead cable label

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-7

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table A-4: RS-232 connectors, pin assignment


Pin in RJ-45

Name

Function

Direction

Pin in DB-9

COM-TX

Channel transmit

Output

GND

Ground

---

3, 4, 5, 6

---

Not connected

---

---

COM-RX

Channel receive

Input

GND

Ground

---

---

Orderwire Connector
The OW connector is an RJ-45 connector located on the ICP_MCP30 panel
and designated OW. The interface includes a pair of E1 balanced interfaces
connected to an RJ-45 connector on the BG-OW front panel.
The following figure identifies the connector pins, as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for the orderwire connector at
both the BG-30B and BG-OW ends, when using the OW cable supplied by ECI
Telecom.

Figure A-9: OW connector, pin identification


Table A-5: OW connector, pin assignment

A-8

Pin (in BG-30B)

Name

Function

Direction

Pin (in BG-OW)

OW_IN(A)

Orderwire input

Input

OW_IN(B)

Input

OW_OUT(A) Orderwire output

Output

OW_OUT(B)

Output

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

V.11 Overhead Connector


The V.11 overhead connector is a 15-pin high-density D-type female connector
on the ICP_MCP30 panel.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment.

Figure A-10: V.11 connector, pin identification


Table A-6: V.11 overhead connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

V11_RCLK(-)

Receive timing A

To DTE

Brown

V11_TCLK(-)

Transmit timing A

To DTE

Red

V11_RXD(-)

Receive data A

To DTE

Orange

V11_TTCLK(-)

Terminal timing A

From DTE

Yellow

V11_TXD(-)

Transmit data A

From DTE

Green

V11_RCLK(+)

Receive timing B

To DTE

Brown/Gray ring

V11_TCLK(+)

Transmit timing B

To DTE

Red/Gray ring

V11_RXD(+)

Receive data B

To DTE

Orange/Gray ring

V11_TTCLK(+)

Terminal timing B

From DTE

Yellow/Gray ring

10

V11_TXD(+)

Transmit data B

From DTE

Green/Gray ring

11

---

Not connected

---

---

12

---

Not connected

---

---

13

---

Not connected

---

---

14

GND

Ground

---

Blue

15

CGND

Chassis ground

---

Drain wire
(braided)

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-9

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Alarms Connector
The Alarms connector, designated ALARMS, is a 15-pin D-type male
connector on the ICP_MCP30 panel providing an alarm interface connecting to
the RAP. The connector supports two groups of lines:

Four external alarm input lines monitored by the BG-30 management


subsystem. Each input is connected to the input diode of an optocoupler.

Three alarm output lines. Each output is provided by a relay dry contact.

Relay contact ratings are 75 V in open the state and 1A in closed state.
The Alarms connector can be connected in one of the following configurations:

Direct connection to a customers alarms collection facilities

Connection to the RAP

ECI Telecom offers appropriate cables for each of these configurations.


The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment.

Figure A-11: Alarms connector, pin identification


Table A-7: Alarms connector, pin assignment
Pin

A-10

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

ALARM_IN1(A)

First alarm input

Input

Brown

ALARM_IN1(B)

Input

Brown/Gray ring

ALARM_IN2(A)

Input

Red

ALARM_IN2(B)

Input

Red/Gray ring

ALARM_IN3(A)

Input

Orange

ALARM_IN3(A)

Input

Orange/Gray ring

ALARM_IN4(A)

Input

Yellow

ALARM_IN4(B)

Input

Yellow/Gray ring

11

ALARM_OUT1(A)

Output

Blue

12

ALARM_OUT1(B)

Output

Blue/Gray ring

13

ALARM_OUT2(A)

Output

Violet

Second alarm input


Third alarm input
Fourth alarm input
First alarm output
Second alarm output

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Connection Data

Function

Direction

Wire color

Output

Violet/Gray ring

14

ALARM_OUT2(B)

ALARM_OUT3(A)

Third alarm output,


common

Output

Green

10

ALARM_OUT3(B1)

Third alarm output,


normally closed

Output

Green/Gray ring

15

ALARM_OUT3(B2)

Third alarm output,


normally open

Output

White

E1 Connectors on the PME1_21


The PME1_21 provides 21 balanced E1 tributary interfaces through a
SCSI-100 female connector. The SCSI-100 connector serves the 21 E1
receive and transmit signals.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The table lists the pin assignment for a typical connector. It also
lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables
offered by ECI Telecom for connecting between the tributary connector and a
distribution frame.

Figure A-12: E1 connectors for PME1_21, pin identification


Table A-8: PME1_21 connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

TTIP21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

White/Pink ring

TRING21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Pink ring

TTIP20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

---

Blue/Pink ring

TRING20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

---

Green/Pink ring

TTIP19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Yellow/Pink ring

TRING19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Orange/Pink ring

---

Not connected

---

---

TTIP18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Red/Pink ring

10

TRING18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Brown/Pink ring

11

TTIP17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

White/Violet ring

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-11

Connection Data

A-12

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

12

TRING17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Violet ring

13

TTIP16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Blue/Violet ring

14

TRING16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

Green/Violet ring

15

---

Not connected

---

---

16

TTIP15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Yellow/Violet ring

17

TRING15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Orange/Violet ring

18

TTIP14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Red/Violet ring

19

TRING14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Brown/Violet ring

20

TTIP13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

White/Orange ring

21

TRING13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Orange ring

22

---

Not connected

---

---

23

TTIP12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Violet/Orange ring

24

TRING12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

Blue/Orange ring

25

TTIP11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Brown/Gray ring

26

TRING11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Output

Brown

27

TTIP10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Red/Gray ring

28

TRING10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Red

29

---

Not connected

---

---

30

TTIP9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Orange/Gray ring

31

TRING9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Orange

32

TTIP8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

Yellow/Gray ring

33

TRING8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

Yellow

34

TTIP7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Green/Gray ring

35

TRING7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Green

36

---

Not connected

---

---

37

TTIP6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Blue/Gray ring

38

TRING6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Blue

39

TTIP5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Output

Violet/Gray ring

40

TRING5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Violet

41

TTIP4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

White/Gray ring

42

TRING4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

White

43

---

Not connected

---

---

44

TTIP3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Pink/Gray ring

45

TRING3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Output

Pink

46

TTIP2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Red/White ring

47

TRING2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Brown/White ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

48

TTIP1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Yellow/White ring

49

TRING1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Output

Orange/White ring

50

---

Not connected

---

---

51

---

Not connected

---

---

52

RTIP21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Input

Green/Orange ring

53

RRING21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Yellow/Orange ring

54

RTIP20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Red/Orange ring

55

RRING20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Brown/Orange ring

56

RTIP19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

White/Blue ring

57

RRING19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Blue ring

58

---

Not connected

---

---

59

RTIP18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Violet/Blue ring

60

RRING18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

Green/Blue ring

61

RTIP17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Yellow/Blue ring

62

RRING17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Orange/Blue ring

63

RTIP16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Red/Blue ring

64

RRING16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Brown/Blue ring

65

---

Not connected

---

---

66

RTIP15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Input

White/Yellow ring

67

RRING15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

Light Gray/
Yellow ring

68

RTIP14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Violet/Yellow ring

69

RRING14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

Input

Blue/Yellow ring

70

RTIP13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Green/Yellow ring

71

RRING13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Orange/Yellow ring

72

---

Not connected

---

---

73

RTIP12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Red/Yellow ring

74

RRING12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Brown/Yellow ring

75

RTIP11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Blue/White ring

76

RRING11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Green/White ring

77

RTIP10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Light Gray/White ring

78

RRING10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

Violet/White ring

79

---

Not connected

---

---

80

RTIP9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Yellow/Brown ring

81

RRING9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Red/Brown ring

82

RTIP8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

Green/Brown ring

83

RRING8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

Orange/Brown ring

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-13

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

84

RTIP7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Violet/Brown ring

85

RRING7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Blue/Brown ring

86

---

Not connected

---

---

87

RTIP6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Pink/Brown ring

88

RRING6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Brown ring

89

RTIP5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Light Gray/Red ring

90

RRING5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Brown/Red ring

91

RTIP4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Green/Red ring

92

RRING4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Yellow/Red ring

93

---

Not connected

---

---

94

RTIP3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Violet/Red ring

95

RRING3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Blue/Red ring

96

RTIP2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Input

Pink/Red ring

97

RRING2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

Input

White/Red ring

98

RTIP1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Light Gray/Green ring

99

RRING1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Brown/Green ring

100

---

Not connected

---

---

Braid

---

---

Platfor --m

A-14

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

PME1_63 Connection Data


The PME1_63 provides 63 balanced E1 tributary interfaces and has a 272-pin
VHDCI female connector. If unbalanced E1 interfaces (75 ) are required a
conversion patch panel box, like the xDDF-21, is used. The connector has two
parts, each with 136 pins; the upper part serves the 63 E1 receive signals and
the lower part the 63 E1 transmit signals.
ECI Telecom offers a special cable for connecting the PME1_63 (see Traffic
Cable for PME1_63 (page 3-77).) The cable end connecting to the PME1_63
terminates with a double 136-pin VHDCI male connector. The connector parts
are designated as P1 for the transmit lines and P3 for the receive lines.
The following figure identifies the connector pins as seen when looking into
the connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector (for
unbalanced interfaces, wire A is the center (tip) conductor and wire B is the
shield or ring). These tables list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cable offered by ECI Telecoms Network Solutions
Division for connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame. The
cable marking in the heading of each table refers to the 26 AWG cable
connected to the conversion box as designated in the cable description (see
Traffic Cable for PME1_63 (page 3-77)).

Figure A-13: PME1_63 connector pin identification


Table A-9: Connector P1 E1 #1 to E1 #21 Tx lines
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable a (red dots on jacket)

--

N/C

--

--

--

N/C

--

--

TXD_P1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Brown

TXD_N1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire B

Output

Brown/Gray

TXD_P2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Red

TXD_N2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Red/Gray

TXD_P3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Orange

TXD_N3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire B

Output

Orange/Gray

TXD_P4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

Yellow

10

TXD_N4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

Yellow/Gray

11

TXD_P5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire A

Output

Green

12

TXD_N5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Green/Gray

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-15

Connection Data

Pin

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual
Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable a (red dots on jacket)

A-16

13

TXD_P6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Blue

14

TXD_N6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Blue/Gray

15

TXD_P7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Purple

16

TXD_N7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Purple/Gray

17

TXD_P8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

White

18

TXD_N8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

White/Gray

19

TXD_P9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Pink

20

TXD_N9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Pink/Gray

21

TXD_P10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Brown/White

22

TXD_N10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Red/White

23

TXD_P11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Orange/White

24

TXD_N11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire B

Output

Yellow/White

25

TXD_P12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Green/White

26

TXD_N12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

Blue/White

27

TXD_P13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

Purple/White

28

TXD_N13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/White

29

TXD_P14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Red/Brown

30

TXD_N14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Yellow/Brown

31

TXD_P15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Orange/Brown

32

TXD_N15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Green/Brown

33

TXD_P16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Blue/Brown

34

TXD_N16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

Purple/Brown

35

--

N/C

--

--

36

--

N/C

--

--

37

TXD_P17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

Light-Gray/Brown

38

TXD_N17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Pink/Brown

39

TXD_P18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Brown/Red

40

TXD_N18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/Red

41

TXD_P19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Yellow/Red

42

TXD_N19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Green/Red

43

TXD_P20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

Output

Blue/Red

44

TXD_N20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

Output

Purple/Red

45

TXD_P21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

White/Red

46

TXD_N21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Pink/Red

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Table A-10: Connector P3 E1 #1 to E1 #21 Rx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Input

Brown/Yellow

Cable b (red dots on jacket)

91

RXD_N21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

92

RXD_P21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Red/Yellow

93

RXD_N20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Orange/Yellow

94

RXD_P20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Green/Yellow

95

RXD_N19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

Blue/Yellow

96

RXD_P19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Purple/Yellow

97

RXD_N18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Yellow

98

RXD_P18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

White/Yellow

99

RXD_N17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Brown/Blue

100

RXD_P17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Red/Blue

101

--

N/C

--

--

102

--

N/C

--

--

103

RXD_N16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Orange/Blue

104

RXD_P16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Yellow/Blue

105

RXD_N15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Input

Green/Blue

106

RXD_P15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

Purple/Blue

107

RXD_N14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Blue

108

RXD_P14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

Input

White/Blue

109

RXD_N13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Brown/Orange

110

RXD_P13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Red/Orange

111

RXD_N12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Yellow/Orange

112

RXD_P12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Green/Orange

113

RXD_N11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Blue/Orange

114

RXD_P11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Purple/Orange

115

RXD_N10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Orange

116

RXD_P10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

White/Orange

117

RXD_N9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Brown/Purple

118

RXD_P9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Red/Purple

119

RXD_N8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

Orange/Purple

120

RXD_P8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

Yellow/Purple

121

RXD_N7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Green/Purple

122

RXD_P7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Blue/Purple

123

RXD_N6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Purple

124

RXD_P6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

White/Purple

125

RXD_N5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Brown/Pink

126

RXD_P5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Red/Pink

127

RXD_N4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Orange/Pink

128

RXD_P4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Yellow/Pink

129

RXD_N3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Green/Pink

130

RXD_P3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Blue/Pink

131

RXD_N2

Receive, tributary 2, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Pink

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-17

Connection Data

Pin

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual
Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable b (red dots on jacket)

132

RXD_P2

Receive, tributary 2, wire B

Input

White/Pink

133

RXD_N1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Pink/Purple

134

RXD_P1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Pink/Yellow

135

--

N/C

--

--

136

--

N/C

--

--

Table A-11: Connector P1 E1 #22 to E1 #42 Tx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Transmit, tributary 22, wire A

Output

Brown

Cable c (blue dots on jacket)

A-18

47

TXD_P22

48

TXD_N22

Transmit, tributary22, wire B

Output

Brown/Gray

49

TXD_P23

Transmit, tributary 23, wire A

Output

Red

50

TXD_N23

Transmit, tributary 23, wire B

Output

Red/Gray

51

TXD_P24

Transmit, tributary 24, wire A

Output

Orange

52

TXD_N24

Transmit, tributary 24, wire B

Output

Orange/Gray

53

TXD_P25

Transmit, tributary 25, wire A

Output

Yellow

54

TXD_N25

Transmit, tributary 25, wire B

Output

Yellow/Gray

55

TXD_P26

Transmit, tributary 26, wire A

Output

Green

56

TXD_N26

Transmit, tributary 26, wire B

Output

Green/Gray

57

TXD_P27

Transmit, tributary 27, wire A

Output

Blue

58

TXD_N27

Transmit, tributary 27, wire B

Output

Blue/Gray

59

TXD_P28

Transmit, tributary 28, wire A

Output

Purple

60

TXD_N28

Transmit, tributary 28, wire B

Output

Purple/Gray

61

TXD_P29

Transmit, tributary 29, wire A

Output

White

62

TXD_N29

Transmit, tributary 29, wire B

Output

White/Gray

63

TXD_P30

Transmit, tributary 30, wire A

Output

Pink

64

TXD_N30

Transmit, tributary 30, wire B

Output

Pink/Gray

65

TXD_P31

Transmit, tributary 31, wire A

Output

Brown/White

66

TXD_N31

Transmit, tributary 31, wire B

Output

Red/White

67

--

N/C

--

--

68

--

N/C

--

--

69

--

N/C

--

--

70

--

N/C

--

--

71

TXD_P32

Transmit, tributary 32, wire A

Output

Orange/White

72

TXD_N32

Transmit, tributary 32, wire B

Output

Yellow/White

73

TXD_P33

Transmit, tributary 33, wire A

Output

Green/White

74

TXD_N33

Transmit, tributary 33, wire B

Output

Blue/White

75

TXD_P34

Transmit, tributary 34, wire A

Output

Purple/White

76

TXD_N34

Transmit, tributary 34, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/White

77

TXD_P35

Transmit, tributary 35, wire A

Output

Red/Brown

78

TXD_N35

Transmit, tributary 35, wire B

Output

Yellow/Brown

79

TXD_P36

Transmit, tributary 36, wire A

Output

Orange/Brown

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual
Pin

Name

Function

Connection Data

Direction

Wire color

Cable c (blue dots on jacket)

80

TXD_N36

Transmit, tributary 36, wire B

Output

Green/Brown

81

TXD_P37

Transmit, tributary 37, wire A

Output

Blue/Brown

82

TXD_N37

Transmit, tributary 37, wire B

Output

Purple/Brown

83

TXD_P38

Transmit, tributary 38, wire A

Output

Light-Gray/Brown

84

TXD_N38

Transmit, tributary 38, wire B

Output

Pink/Brown

85

TXD_P39

Transmit, tributary 39, wire A

Output

Brown/Red

86

TXD_N39

Transmit, tributary 39, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/Red

87

TXD_P40

Transmit, tributary 40, wire A

Output

Yellow/Red

88

TXD_N40

Transmit, tributary 40, wire B

Output

Green/Red

89

TXD_P41

Transmit, tributary 41, wire A

Output

Blue/Red

90

TXD_N41

Transmit, tributary 41, wire B

Output

Purple/Red

91

TXD_P42

Transmit, tributary 42, wire A

Output

White/Red

92

TXD_N42

Transmit, tributary 42, wire B

Output

Pink/Red

Table A-12: Connector P3 E1 #22 to E1 #42 Rx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Input

Brown/Yellow

Cable d (blue dots on jacket)

45

RXD_N42

Receive, tributary 42, wire A

46

RXD_P42

Receive, tributary 42, wire B

Input

Red/Yellow

47

RXD_N41

Receive, tributary 41, wire A

Input

Orange/Yellow

48

RXD_P41

Receive, tributary 41, wire B

Input

Green/Yellow

49

RXD_N40

Receive, tributary 40, wire A

Input

Blue/Yellow

50

RXD_P40

Receive, tributary 40, wire B

Input

Purple/Yellow

51

RXD_N39

Receive, tributary 39, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Yellow

52

RXD_P39

Receive, tributary 39, wire B

Input

White/Yellow

53

RXD_N38

Receive, tributary 38, wire A

Input

Brown/Blue

54

RXD_P38

Receive, tributary 38, wire B

Input

Red/Blue

55

RXD_N37

Receive, tributary 37, wire A

Input

Orange/Blue

56

RXD_P37

Receive, tributary 37, wire B

Input

Yellow/Blue

57

RXD_N36

Receive, tributary 36, wire A

Input

Green/Blue

58

RXD_P36

Receive, tributary 36, wire B

Input

Purple/Blue

59

RXD_N35

Receive, tributary 35, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Blue

60

RXD_P35

Receive, tributary 35, wire B

Input

White/Blue

61

RXD_N34

Receive, tributary 34, wire A

Input

Brown/Orange

62

RXD_P34

Receive, tributary 34, wire B

Input

Red/Orange

63

RXD_N33

Receive, tributary 33, wire A

Input

Yellow/Orange

64

RXD_P33

Receive, tributary 33, wire B

Input

Green/Orange

65

RXD_N32

Receive, tributary 32, wire A

Input

Blue/Orange

66

RXD_P32

Receive, tributary 32, wire B

Input

Purple/Orange

67

--

N/C

--

--

68

--

N/C

--

--

69

--

N/C

--

--

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-19

Connection Data

Pin

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual
Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable d (blue dots on jacket)

70

--

N/C

--

--

71

RXD_N31

Receive, tributary 31, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Orange

72

RXD_P31

Receive, tributary 31, wire B

Input

White/Orange

73

RXD_N30

Receive, tributary 30, wire A

Input

Brown/Purple

74

RXD_P30

Receive, tributary 30, wire B

Input

Red/Purple

75

RXD_N29

Receive, tributary 29, wire A

Input

Orange/Purple

76

RXD_P29

Receive, tributary 29, wire B

Input

Yellow/Purple

77

RXD_N28

Receive, tributary 28, wire A

Input

Green/Purple

78

RXD_P28

Receive, tributary 28, wire B

Input

Blue/Purple

79

RXD_N27

Receive, tributary 27, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Purple

80

RXD_P27

Receive, tributary 27, wire B

Input

White/Purple

81

RXD_N26

Receive, tributary 26, wire A

Input

Brown/Pink

82

RXD_P26

Receive, tributary 26, wire B

Input

Red/Pink

83

RXD_N25

Receive, tributary 25, wire A

Input

Orange/Pink

84

RXD_P25

Receive, tributary 25, wire B

Input

Yellow/Pink

85

RXD_N24

Receive, tributary 24, wire A

Input

Green/Pink

86

RXD_P24

Receive, tributary 24, wire B

Input

Blue/Pink

87

RXD_N23

Receive, tributary 23, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Pink

88

RXD_P23

Receive, tributary 23, wire B

Input

White/Pink

89

RXD_N22

Receive, tributary 22, wire A

Input

Pink/Purple

90

RXD_P22

Receive, tributary 22, wire B

Input

Pink/Yellow

Table A-13: Connector P1 E1 #43 to E1 #63 Tx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Transmit, tributary 43, wire A

Output

Brown

Cable e (yellow dots on jacket)

A-20

93

TXD_P43

94

TXD_N43

Transmit, tributary 43, wire B

Output

Brown/Gray

95

TXD_P44

Transmit, tributary 44, wire A

Output

Red

96

TXD_N44

Transmit, tributary 44, wire B

Output

Red/Gray

97

TXD_P45

Transmit, tributary 45, wire A

Output

Orange

98

TXD_N45

Transmit, tributary 45, wire B

Output

Orange/Gray

99

TXD_P46

Transmit, tributary 46, wire A

Output

Yellow

100

TXD_N46

Transmit, tributary 46, wire B

Output

Yellow/Gray

101

TXD_P47

Transmit, tributary 47, wire A

Output

Green

102

TXD_N47

Transmit, tributary 47, wire B

Output

Green/Gray

103

TXD_P48

Transmit, tributary 48, wire A

Output

Blue

104

TXD_N48

Transmit, tributary 48, wire B

Output

Blue/Gray

105

TXD_P49

Transmit, tributary 49, wire A

Output

Purple

106

TXD_N49

Transmit, tributary 49, wire B

Output

Purple/Gray

107

TXD_P50

Transmit, tributary 50, wire A

Output

White

108

TXD_N50

Transmit, tributary 50, wire B

Output

White/Gray

109

TXD_P51

Transmit, tributary 51, wire A

Output

Pink

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual
Pin

Name

Function

Connection Data

Direction

Wire color

Cable e (yellow dots on jacket)

110

TXD_N51

Transmit, tributary 51, wire B

Output

Pink/Gray

111

TXD_P52

Transmit, tributary 52, wire A

Output

Brown/White

112

TXD_N52

Transmit, tributary 52, wire B

Output

Red/White

113

TXD_P53

Transmit, tributary 53, wire A

Output

Orange/White

114

TXD_N53

Transmit, tributary 53, wire B

Output

Yellow/White

115

TXD_P54

Transmit, tributary 54, wire A

Output

Green/White

116

TXD_N54

Transmit, tributary 54, wire B

Output

Blue/White

117

TXD_P55

Transmit, tributary 55, wire A

Output

Purple/White

118

TXD_N55

Transmit, tributary 55, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/White

119

TXD_P56

Transmit, tributary 56, wire A

Output

Red/Brown

120

TXD_N56

Transmit, tributary 56, wire B

Output

Yellow/Brown

121

TXD_P57

Transmit, tributary 57, wire A

Output

Orange/Brown

122

TXD_N57

Transmit, tributary 57, wire B

Output

Green/Brown

123

TXD_P58

Transmit, tributary 58, wire A

Output

Blue/Brown

124

TXD_N58

Transmit, tributary 58, wire B

Output

Purple/Brown

125

TXD_P59

Transmit, tributary 59, wire A

Output

Light-Gray/Brown

126

TXD_N59

Transmit, tributary 59, wire B

Output

Pink/Brown

127

TXD_P60

Transmit, tributary 60, wire A

Output

Brown/Red

128

TXD_N60

Transmit, tributary 60, wire B

Output

Light-Gray/Red

129

TXD_P61

Transmit, tributary 61, wire A

Output

Yellow/Red

130

TXD_N61

Transmit, tributary 61, wire B

Output

Green/Red

131

TXD_P62

Transmit, tributary 62, wire A

Output

Blue/Red

132

TXD_N62

Transmit, tributary 62, wire B

Output

Purple/Red

133

TXD_P63

Transmit, tributary 63, wire A

Output

White/Red

134

TXD_N63

Transmit, tributary 63, wire B

Output

Pink/Red

135

--

N/C

--

--

136

--

N/C

--

--

Table A-14: Connector P3 E1 #43 to E1 #63 Rx lines


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable f (yellow dots on jacket)

--

N/C

--

--

--

N/C

--

--

RXD_N63

Receive, tributary 63, wire A

Input

Brown/Yellow

RXD_P63

Receive, tributary 63, wire B

Input

Red/Yellow

RXD_N62

Receive, tributary 62, wire A

Input

Orange/Yellow

RXD_P62

Receive, tributary 62, wire B

Input

Green/Yellow

RXD_N61

Receive, tributary 61, wire A

Input

Blue/Yellow

RXD_P61

Receive, tributary 61, wire B

Input

Purple/Yellow

RXD_N60

Receive, tributary 60, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Yellow

10

RXD_P60

Receive, tributary 60, wire B

Input

White/Yellow

11

RXD_N59

Receive, tributary 59, wire A

Input

Brown/Blue

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-21

Connection Data

Pin

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual
Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Cable f (yellow dots on jacket)

A-22

12

RXD_P59

Receive, tributary 59, wire B

Input

Red/Blue

13

RXD_N58

Receive, tributary 58, wire A

Input

Orange/Blue

14

RXD_P58

Receive, tributary 58, wire B

Input

Yellow/Blue

15

RXD_N57

Receive, tributary 57, wire A

Input

Green/Blue

16

RXD_P57

Receive, tributary 57, wire B

Input

Purple/Blue

17

RXD_N56

Receive, tributary 56, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Blue

18

RXD_P56

Receive, tributary 56, wire B

Input

White/Blue

19

RXD_N55

Receive, tributary 55, wire A

Input

Brown/Orange

20

RXD_P55

Receive, tributary 55, wire B

Input

Red/Orange

21

RXD_N54

Receive, tributary 54, wire A

Input

Yellow/Orange

22

RXD_P54

Receive, tributary 54, wire B

Input

Green/Orange

23

RXD_N53

Receive, tributary 53, wire A

Input

Blue/Orange

24

RXD_P53

Receive, tributary 53, wire B

Input

Purple/Orange

25

RXD_N52

Receive, tributary 52, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Orange

26

RXD_P52

Receive, tributary 52, wire B

Input

White/Orange

27

RXD_N51

Receive, tributary 51, wire A

Input

Brown/Purple

28

RXD_P51

Receive, tributary 51, wire B

Input

Red/Purple

29

RXD_N50

Receive, tributary 50, wire A

Input

Orange/Purple

30

RXD_P50

Receive, tributary 50, wire B

Input

Yellow/Purple

31

RXD_N49

Receive, tributary 49, wire A

Input

Green/Purple

32

RXD_P49

Receive, tributary 49, wire B

Input

Blue/Purple

33

RXD_N48

Receive, tributary 48, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Purple

34

RXD_P48

Receive, tributary 48, wire B

Input

White/Purple

35

RXD_N47

Receive, tributary 47, wire A

Input

Brown/Pink

36

RXD_P47

Receive, tributary 47, wire B

Input

Red/Pink

37

RXD_N46

Receive, tributary 46, wire A

Input

Orange/Pink

38

RXD_P46

Receive, tributary 46, wire B

Input

Yellow/Pink

39

RXD_N45

Receive, tributary 45, wire A

Input

Green/Pink

40

RXD_P45

Receive, tributary 45, wire B

Input

Blue/Pink

41

RXD_N44

Receive, tributary 44, wire A

Input

Light-Gray/Pink

42

RXD_P44

Receive, tributary 44, wire B

Input

White/Pink

43

RXD_N43

Receive, tributary 43, wire A

Input

Pink/Purple

44

RXD_P43

Receive, tributary 43, wire B

Input

Pink/Yellow

135

--

N/C

--

--

136

--

N/C

--

--

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Ethernet Interface Connectors


The DMFE_4_L1 provides four 10/100BaseT interfaces directly from its front
panel. The connectors for the four Ethernet channels are four RJ-45 connectors,
each supporting a 10/100BaseT interface.
All 10 Mbps/100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces in the BG-30B support Auto MDIX.
The figure Ethernet connector, pin identification (page A-3) identifies the
RJ-45 connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table
Ethernet connector, pin assignment (see "MNG Ethernet Connector" page A-3)
lists the pin assignment for a typical connector.

PM345_3 Card Connection Data


The PM345_3 card provides three unbalanced E3/DS-3 tributary interfaces.
The E3/DS-3 connectors are coaxial connectors (6 x DIN 1.0/2.3) on the
PM345_3 front panel.

P345_3E Card Connection Data


The P345_3E card provides three unbalanced E3/DS-3 tributary interfaces. The
E3/DS-3 connectors are coaxial connectors (6 x DIN 1.0/2.3) on the P345_3E
front panel.

PE1_63 Card Connection Data


The PE1_63 provides 63 balanced E1 tributary interfaces and has three twin
68-pin VHDCI female connectors. Each twin 68-pin VHDCI connector serves
21 E1 receive and transmit signals.
The PE1_63 uses the same cable as for the PME1_21/PME1_42. The figure E1
connectors for PME1_21, pin identification (page A-11) identifies the E1
connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table PME1_21
connector, pin assignment (see "E1 Connectors on the PME1_21" page A-11)
lists the pin assignment for this connector.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-23

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ESW_2G_8F_E Card Connection


Data
In addition to two GbE interfaces based on SFP modules, the ESW_2G_8F_E
card provides eight 10/100BaseT interfaces directly from its front panel. The
connectors for the eight Ethernet channels are eight RJ-45 connectors, each
supporting a 10/100BaseT interface.
All 10 Mbps/100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces in the ESW_2G_8F_E support Auto
MDIX. The figure Ethernet connector, pin identification (page A-3) identifies
the RJ-45 connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table
Ethernet connector, pin assignment (see "MNG Ethernet Connector" page A-3)
lists the pin assignment for a typical connector.

MPS_2G_8F Card Connection


Data
In addition to two GbE interfaces based on SFP modules, the MPS_2G_8F_
card provides two 10/100/1000BaseT (combo ports) and eight 10/100BaseT
interfaces directly from its front panel. The connectors for the two GbE
Ethernet channels are two RJ-45s, each supporting 10/100/1000BaseT
interfaces. The connectors for the eight Ethernet channels are eight RJ-45
connectors, each supporting a 10/100BaseT interface.
All 10 Mbps/100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces in the MPS_2G_8F support Auto
MDIX. The figure Ethernet connector, pin identification (page A-3) identifies
the RJ-45 connector pins as seen when looking into the connector. The table
Ethernet connector, pin assignment (see "MNG Ethernet Connector" page A-3)
lists the pin assignment for a typical connector.

A-24

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

DMGE_1_L1 Connection Data


The DMGE_1_L1 provides one Gigabit Ethernet port (one 1000BaseT through
an RJ45 connector and one SFP slot for an optical interface).
Table A-15: Gigabit Ethernet connector, pin assignment
Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

A-TX+

A-Transceiver, + wire

Bidirectional

A-TX-

A-Transceiver, - wire

B-TX+

B-Transceiver, + wire

B-TX-

B-Transceiver, - wire

C-TX+

C-Transceiver, + wire

C-TX-

C-Transceiver, - wire

D-TX+

D-Transceiver, + wire

D-TX-

D-Transceiver, - wire

Bidirectional
Bidirectional
Bidirectional

TP21_2 Connection Data


The TP21_2 provides 42 balanced E1 tributary protection interfaces; the card
has five twin 68-pin VHDCI female connectors on its panel. Each VHDCI
connector serves 21 E1 receive and transmit signals. Two connectors serve
42 balanced E1 tributary customer interfaces; two connectors serve 42 balanced
E1 tributary protected interfaces; one connector serves 21 balanced E1 tributary
protecting interfaces.
The following figure identifies the VHDCI connector pins, as seen when
looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a
typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin
in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.

Figure A-14: E1 connectors for TP21_2, pin identification

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-25

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table A-16: Twin 68-pin VHDCI connector (P2), pin assignment

A-26

P2 pin Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

TTIP11

Transmit, tributary 11, wire A

Output

Brown

TRING11

Transmit, tributary 11 wire B

Output

Brown/Gray ring

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

----

TTIP10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire A

Output

Red

TRING10

Transmit, tributary 10, wire B

Output

Red/Gray ring

TTIP9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire A

Output

Orange

TRING9

Transmit, tributary 9, wire B

Output

Orange/Gray
ring

10

---

Not connected

---

---

11

---

Not connected

---

---

12

TRING8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire B

Output

Yellow

13

TTIP8

Transmit, tributary 8, wire A

Output

Yellow/Gray
ring

14

TTIP7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire A

Output

Green

15

TRING7

Transmit, tributary 7, wire B

Output

Green/Gray ring

16

---

Not connected

---

---

17

---

Not connected

---

---

18

TTIP6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire A

Output

Blue

19

TRING6

Transmit, tributary 6, wire B

Output

Blue/Gray ring

20

TTIP5

Transmit, tributary 5 wire A

Output

Violet

21

TRING5

Transmit, tributary 5, wire B

Output

Violet/Gray ring

22

---

Not connected

---

---

23

---

Not connected

---

---

24

TTIP4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire A

Output

White

25

TRING4

Transmit, tributary 4, wire B

Output

White/Gray ring

26

TTIP3

Transmit, tributary 3, wire A

Output

Pink

27

TRING3

Transmit, tributary 3 wire B

Output

Pink/Gray ring

28

---

Not connected

---

---

29

---

Not connected

---

---

30

TTIP2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire A

Output

Brown/White
ring

31

TRING2

Transmit, tributary 2, wire B

Output

Red/White ring

32

TTIP1

Transmit, tributary 1, wire A

Output

Orange/White
ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

P2 pin Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

33

TRING1

Transmit, tributary 1 wire B

Output

Yellow/White
ring

34

---

Not connected

---

---

35

---

Not connected

---

---

36

RTIP11

Receive, tributary 11, wire A

Input

Green/White ring

37

RRING11

Receive, tributary 11, wire B

Input

Blue/White ring

38

---

Not connected

---

---

39

---

Not connected

---

---

40

RTIP10

Receive, tributary 10, wire A

Input

Violet/White
ring

41

RRING10

Receive, tributary 10, wire B

Input

Light
Gray/White ring

42

RTIP9

Receive, tributary 9, wire A

Input

Red/Brown ring

43

RRING9

Receive, tributary 9, wire B

Input

Yellow/Brown
ring

44

---

Not connected

---

---

45

---

Not connected

---

---

46

RRING8

Receive, tributary 8, wire B

Input

Orange/Brown
ring

47

RTIP8

Receive, tributary 8, wire A

Input

Green/Brown
ring

48

RRING7

Receive, tributary 7, wire B

Input

Blue/Brown ring

49

RTIP7

Receive, tributary 7, wire A

Input

Violet/Brown
ring

50

---

Not connected

---

---

51

---

Not connected

---

---

52

RTIP6

Receive, tributary 6, wire A

Input

Light
Gray/Brown ring

53

RRING6

Receive, tributary 6, wire B

Input

Pink/Brown ring

54

RTIP5

Receive, tributary 5, wire A

Input

Brown/Red ring

55

RRING5

Receive, tributary 5, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Red
ring

56

---

Not connected

---

---

57

---

Not connected

---

---

58

RTIP4

Receive, tributary 4, wire A

Input

Yellow/Red ring

59

RRING4

Receive, tributary 4, wire B

Input

Green/Red ring

60

RTIP3

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

Blue/Red ring

61

RRING3

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Violet/Red ring

62

---

Not connected

---

---

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-27

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

P2 pin Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

63

---

Not connected

---

---

64

RTIP2

Receive, tributary 3, wire A

Input

White/Red ring

65

RRING2

Receive, tributary 3, wire B

Input

Pink/Red ring

66

RTIP1

Receive, tributary 1, wire A

Input

Brown/Green
ring

67

RRING1

Receive, tributary 1, wire B

Input

Light
Gray/Green ring

68

---

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

---

---

BRAID

---

---

Platfor --m

Table A-17: Twin 68-pin VHDCI connector (P1), pin assignment

A-28

P1 pin Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

RRING12

Receive, tributary 12, wire B

Input

Brown/Yellow
ring

RTIP12

Receive, tributary 12, wire A

Input

Red/Yellow ring

RRING13

Receive, tributary 13, wire B

Input

Orange/Yellow
ring

RTIP13

Receive, tributary 13, wire A

Input

Green/Yellow
ring

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

RRING14

Receive, tributary 14, wire B

Input

Blue/Yellow ring

RTIP14

Receive, tributary 14, wire A

Input

Violet/Yellow
ring

10

RTIP15

Receive, tributary 15, wire A

Input

Light
Gray/Yellow ring

11

RRING15

Receive, tributary 15, wire B

Input

White/Yellow
ring

12

---

Not connected

---

---

13

---

Not connected

---

---

14

RRING16

Receive, tributary 16, wire B

Input

Brown/Blue ring

15

RTIP16

Receive, tributary 16, wire A

Input

Red/Blue ring

16

RRING17

Receive, tributary 17, wire B

Input

Orange/Blue ring

17

RTIP17

Receive, tributary 17, wire A

Input

Yellow/Blue ring

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

---

Not connected

---

---

20

RRING18

Receive, tributary 18, wire B

Input

Green/Blue ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

P1 pin Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

21

RTIP18

Receive, tributary 18, wire A

Input

Violet/Blue ring

22

RRING19

Receive, tributary 19, wire B

Input

Light Gray/Blue
ring

23

RTIP19

Receive, tributary 19, wire A

Input

White/Blue ring

24

---

Not connected

---

---

25

---

Not connected

---

---

26

RRING20

Receive, tributary 20, wire B

Input

Brown/Orange
ring

27

RTIP20

Receive, tributary 20, wire A

Input

Red/Orange ring

28

RRING21

Receive, tributary 21, wire B

Input

Yellow/Orange
ring

29

RTIP21

Receive, tributary 21, wire A

Input

Green/Orange
ring

30

---

Not connected

---

---

31

---

Not connected

---

---

32

---

Not connected

---

---

33

---

Not connected

---

---

34

---

Not connected

---

---

35

---

Not connected

---

---

36

TRING12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire B

Output

Blue/Orange ring

37

TTIP12

Transmit, tributary 12, wire A

Output

Violet/Orange
ring

38

TRING13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire B

Output

Light
Gray/Orange ring

39

TTIP13

Transmit, tributary 13, wire A

Output

White/Orange
ring

40

---

Not connected

---

---

41

---

Not connected

---

---

42

TRING14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire B

Output

Brown/Violet ring

43

TTIP14

Transmit, tributary 14, wire A

Output

Red/Violet ring

44

TRING15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire B

Output

Orange/Violet
ring

45

TTIP15

Transmit, tributary 15, wire A

Output

Yellow/Violet
ring

46

---

Not connected

---

---

47

---

Not connected

---

---

48

TTIP16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire A

Output

Green/Violet ring

49

TRING16

Transmit, tributary 16, wire B

Output

Blue/Violet ring

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-29

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

P1 pin Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

50

TRING17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Violet
ring

51

TTIP17

Transmit, tributary 17, wire A

Output

White/Violet ring

52

---

Not connected

---

---

53

---

Not connected

---

---

54

TRING18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire B

Output

Brown/Pink ring

55

TTIP18

Transmit, tributary 18, wire A

Output

Red/Pink ring

56

TRING19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire B

Output

Orange/Pink ring

57

TTIP19

Transmit, tributary 19, wire A

Output

Yellow/Pink ring

58

---

Not connected

---

---

59

---

Not connected

---

---

60

TRING20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire B

Output

Green/Pink ring

61

TTIP20

Transmit, tributary 20, wire A

Output

Blue/Pink ring

62

TRING21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire B

Output

Light Gray/Pink
ring

63

TTIP21

Transmit, tributary 21, wire A

Output

White/Pink ring

64

---

Not connected

---

---

65

---

Not connected

---

---

66

---

Not connected

---

---

67

---

Not connected

---t

---

68

---

Not connected

---

---

BRAID

---

---

Platfor --m

TP63_1 Connection Data


The TP63_1 provides 63 balanced E1 tributary protection interfaces; this card
has seven twin 68-pin VHDCI female connectors on its panel. Three
connectors serve 63 balanced E1 tributary customer interfaces and four
connectors serve 2 x 63 balanced E1 tributary protected interfaces.
For customer interfaces, the typical connector pin assignment is the same as
TP21_2 Connection Data (page A-25).

A-30

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

TPS1_1 Connection Data


The TPS1_1 provides 4 x STM-1e or 3 x E3/DS-3 protection interfaces; this
card has two DB 8W8P connectors and eight 1.0/2.3 coaxial connectors on its
panel. The eight 1.0/2.3 coaxial connectors serve four customer interfaces. The
two DB 8W8P connectors serve 2 x 4 protected interfaces.

SM_10E Card Connection Data


The SM_10E base card does not have any external interfaces. All external
interfaces are from the front panel of each type of SM_10E traffic module. The
following types of SM_10E traffic module are supported:

SM_FXO_8E

SM_FXS_8E

SM_EM_24W_6E

SM_V24E

SM_CODIR_4E

SM_OMNI_E

SM_EOP

SM_C37.94

Most types of SM_10E traffic module use the same connector for the cabling
of their external traffic interfaces. This connector is a single SCSI-36 female
connector located on the front panel. The following figure identifies the
connector pins, as seen when looking into the connector.

Figure A-15: SM_10E traffic module connector, pin identification

The following sections contain tables that describe the pin assignment of the
connector for each type of traffic module. These tables include the color of the
wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom
for connecting the SM_10E traffic module connector and a distribution frame.
The SM_EOP has two RJ-45 connectors for connecting to its interfaces and the
SM_C37.94 has two pairs of ST fiber optic connectors for connecting to its
interfaces.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-31

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data for SM_FXO_8E and


SM_FXS_8E Interfaces
The SM_FXO_8E and the SM_FXS_8E each support eight channels. Each
channel has one pair of wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for a
typical connector and lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.
Table A-18: SM_10E SM_FXO_8 and SM_FXS_8 connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

A1

Channel 1, wire A

Bidirectional

Brown

B1

Channel 1, wire B

Bidirectional

Brown/Black

A2

Channel 2, wire A

Bidirectional

Red

B2

Channel 2, wire B

Bidirectional

Red/Black

A3

Channel 3, wire A

Bidirectional

Orange

B3

Channel 3, wire B

Bidirectional

Orange/Black

A4

Channel 4, wire A

Bidirectional

Yellow

B4

Channel 4, wire B

Bidirectional

Yellow/Black

A5

Channel 5, wire A

Bidirectional

Green

10

B5

Channel 5, wire B

Bidirectional

Green/Black

11

A6

Channel 6, wire A

Bidirectional

Blue

12

B6

Channel 6, wire B

Bidirectional

Blue/Black

13

A7

Channel 7, wire A

Bidirectional

Violet

14

B7

Channel 7, wire B

Bidirectional

Violet/Black

15

A8

Channel 8, wire A

Bidirectional

White

16

B8

Channel 8, wire B

Bidirectional

White/Black

NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for the


SM_FXO_8E or SM_FXS_8E interfaces.

A-32

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Connection Data for SM_EM_24W6E


Interfaces
The SM_EM_24W6E supports six channels. Each has one pair of wires in 2W
mode, two pairs of wires in 4W or 2W E&M mode, and three pairs of wires in
4W E&M mode. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical
connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the
cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector and a
distribution frame.
Table A-19: SM_10E SM_EM_24W6E connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Mode

Function

Direction

Wire color

RA1

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire A

Output

Brown

2W

Channel 1, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 1, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 2, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 2, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 2, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 2, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 3, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 3, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 3, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 3, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 4, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 4, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 4, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 4, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 5, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 5, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 5, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 5, wire B

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 6, Rx, wire A

Output

2W

Channel 6, wire A

Bidirectional

4W

Channel 6, Rx, wire B

Output

2W

Channel 6, wire B

Bidirectional

Any

Channel 1, E

Output

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

RB1
RA2
RB2
RA3
RB3
RA4
RB4
RA5
RB5
RA6
RB6
E1

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Brown/Black
Red
Red/Black
Orange
Orange/Black
Yellow
Yellow/Black
Green
Green/Black
Blue
Blue/Black
Violet
A-33

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Mode

Function

Direction

Wire color

14

M1

Any

Channel 1, M

Input

Violet/Black

15

E2

Any

Channel 2, E

Output

White

16

M2

Any

Channel 2, M

Input

White/Black

17

E3

Any

Channel 3, E

Output

Pink

18

M3

Any

Channel 3, M

Input

Pink/Black

19

TA1

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire A

Input

Brown/White

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 2, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 2, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 3, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 3, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 4, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 4, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 5, Tx, wire A

Input

2W

---

---

20
21
22
23
24
25
26

27

A-34

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

TB1
TA2
TB2
TA3
TB3
TA4
TB4

TA5

Red/White
Orange/White
Yellow/White
Green/White
Blue/White
Violet/White
Light
Gray/White
Red/Brown

28

TB5

4W

Channel 5, Tx, wire B

Yellow/Brown

29

TA6

4W

Channel 6, Tx, wire A

Orange/Brown

30

TB6

4W

Channel 6, Tx, wire B

Green/Brown

31

E4

Any

Channel 4, E

Output

Blue/Brown

32

M4

Any

Channel 4, M

Input

Violet/Brown

33

E5

Any

Channel 5, E

Output

Light
Gray/Brown

34

M5

Any

Channel 5, M

Input

Pink/Brown

35

E6

Any

Channel 6, E

Output

Brown/Red

36

M6

Any

Channel 6, M

Input

Light Gray/Red

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

NOTE: The number of wires used depends on the mode of


each channel. All 18 pairs of wires are used for the
SM_EM_24W6E module if all channels are in four-wire
E&M mode.

Connection Data for SM_V35E Interfaces


The SM_V35E/SM_V35U_E supports two channels of V.35 interface. Each
channel has 16 wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical
connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the
cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector and a
distribution frame.
Table A-20: SM_10E SM_V35E connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CH1# RD- (104b)

Ch1# receive data -

Output

Brown

CH1# RD+ (104a)

Ch1# receive data +

Output

Brown/Black

CH1# RC- (115b)

Ch1# receive timing -

Output

Red

CH1# RC+ (115a)

Ch1# receive timing +

Output

Red/Black

CH1# TMC- (113b) Ch1# terminal timing -

Input

Orange

CH1# TMC+
(113a)

Ch1# terminal timing +

Input

Orange/Black

CH2# RD- (104b)

Ch2# receive data -

Output

Yellow

CH2# RD+ (104a)

Ch2# receive data +

Output

Yellow/Black

CH2# RC- (115b)

Ch2# receive timing -

Output

Green

10

CH2# RC+ (115a)

Ch2# receive timing +

Output

Green/black

11

CH2# TMC- (113b) Ch2# terminal timing -

Input

Blue

12

CH2# TMC+
(113a)

Ch2# terminal timing +

Input

Blue/Black

13

CH2# CTS (106)

Ch2# clear to send

Output

Violet

14

CH2# DSR (107)

Ch2# data set ready

Output

Violet/Black

15

CH1# DCD(109)

Ch1# data carrier detect

Output

White

16

CH2# DCD(109)

Ch2# data carrier detect

Output

White/Black

17

GND

Signal ground

---

Pink

18

GND

Signal ground

---

Pink/Black

19

CH1# TD- (103b)

Ch1# transmit data -

Input

Brown/White

20

CH1# TD+ (103a)

Ch1# transmit data +

Input

Red/White

21

CH1# TC- (114b)

Ch1# transmit timing -

Output

Orange/White

22

CH1# TC+ (114a)

Ch1# transmit timing +

Output

Yellow/White

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-35

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

23

CH1# CTS (106)

Ch1# clear to send

Output

Green/White

24

CH1# DSR (107)

Ch1# data set ready

Output

Blue/White

25

CH2# TD- (103b)

Ch2# transmit data -

Input

Violet/White

26

CH2# TD+ (103a)

Ch2# transmit data +

Input

Light
Gray/White

27

CH2# TC- (114b)

Ch2# transmit timing -

Output

Red/Brown

28

CH2# TC+ (114a)

Ch2# transmit timing +

Output

Yellow/Brown

29

CH1# RTS (105)

Ch1# request to send

Input

Orange/Brown

30

---

---

---

---

31

CH2# RTS (105)

Ch2# request to send

Input

Blue/Brown

32

---

---

---

---

33

CH1# DTR (108)

Ch1# data terminal ready Input

Light
Gray/Brown

34

---

Not connected

---

35

CH2# DTR (108)

Ch2# data terminal ready Input

Brown/Red

36

---

Not connected

---

-----

Connection Data for SM_V24E Interfaces


The SM_V24E module supports the following three modes:

8 x V.24 transparent without control signals

4 x V.24 asynchronous mode with control signals

2 x V.24 synchronous mode with control signals

In 8 x V.24 transparent mode, the SM_V24E supports eight channels, each


with three wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for a typical
connector when the SM_V24E is in 8 x V.24 transparent mode. This table also
lists the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin in the cables
offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector and a
distribution frame.
Table A-21: SM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 8 x V.24 transparent
without controls mode

A-36

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

13

CH7# SD(103)

Ch7# transmit data

Input

Violet

14

CH7# RD(104)

Ch7# receive data

Output

Violet/Black

15

CH8# SD(103)

Ch8# transmit data

Input

White

16

CH8# RD(104)

Ch8# receive data

Output

White/Black

17

GND

Signal ground

---

Pink

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

18

GND

Signal ground

---

Pink/Black

19

CH1# SD(103)

Ch1# transmit data

Input

Brown/White

20

CH1# RD(104)

Ch1# receive data

Output

Red/White

21

CH2# SD(103)

Ch2# transmit data

Input

Orange/White

22

CH2# RD(104)

Ch2# receive data

Output

Yellow/White

23

CH3# SD(103)

Ch3# transmit data

Input

Green/White

24

CH3# RD(104)

Ch3# receive data

Output

Blue/White

25

CH4# SD(103)

Ch4# transmit data

Input

Violet/White

26

CH4# RD(104)

Ch4# receive data

Output

Light
Gray/White

27

CH5# SD(103)

Ch5# transmit data

Input

Red/Brown

28

CH5# RD(104)

Ch5# receive data

Output

Yellow/Brown

29

CH6# SD(103)

Ch6# transmit data

Input

Orange/Brown

30

CH6# RD(104)

Ch6# receive data

Output

Green/Brown

31

GND

Signal ground

---

Blue/Brown

32

GND

Signal ground

---

Violet/Brown

33

GND

Signal ground

---

Light
Gray/Brown

34

GND

Signal ground

---

Pink/Brown

35

GND

Signal ground

---

Brown/Red

36

GND

Signal ground

---

Light Gray/Red

In mode 4 x V.24 asynchronous with controls, the SM_V24E supports four


channels, each with eight wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for
a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 4 x V.24 asynchronous with
controls mode. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the
tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table A-22: SM_V24E connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CH1# RTS(105)

Ch1# require to send

Input

Brown

CH1# CTS(106)

Ch1# clear to send

Output

Brown/Black

CH1# DTR(108) Ch1# data terminal


ready

Input

Red

CH1# DSR(107) Ch1# data set ready

Output

Red/Black

CH1# DCD(109) Ch1# data carrier detect Output

Orange

CH3# DCD(109) Ch3# data carrier detect Output

Orange/Black

CH2# RTS(105)

Yellow

426006-2333-013-A05

Ch2# require to send

Input

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-37

Connection Data

A-38

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CH2# CTS(106)

Ch2# clear to send

Output

Yellow/Black

CH2# DTR(108) Ch2# data terminal


ready

Input

Green

10

CH2# DSR(107) Ch2# data set ready

Output

Green/Black

11

CH2# DCD(109) Ch2# data carrier detect Output

Blue

12

CH4# DCD(109) Ch4# data carrier detect Output

Blue/Black

13

CH4# RTS(105)

Ch4# require to send

Input

Violet

14

CH4# CTS(106)

Ch4# clear to send

Output

Violet/Black

15

CH4# DTR(108) Ch4# data terminal


ready

Input

White

16

CH4# DSR(107) Ch4# data set ready

Output

White/Black

17

---

Not connected

---

---

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

CH1# SD(103)

Ch1# transmit data

Input

Brown/White

20

CH1# RD(104)

Ch1# receive data

Output

Red/White

21

CH2# SD(103)

Ch2# transmit data

Input

Orange/White

22

CH2# RD(104)

Ch2# receive data

Output

Yellow/White

23

CH3# SD(103)

Ch3# transmit data

Input

Green/White

24

CH3# RD(104)

Ch3# receive data

Output

Blue/White

25

CH4# SD(103)

Ch4# transmit data

Input

Violet/White

26

CH4# RD(104)

Ch4# receive data

Output

Light
Gray/White

27

CH3# RTS(105)

Ch3# require to send

Input

Red/Brown

28

CH3# CTS(106)

Ch3# clear to send

Output

Yellow/Brown

29

CH3# DTR(108) Ch3# data terminal read Input

Orange/Brown

30

CH3# DSR(107) Ch3# data set ready

Output

Green/Brown

31

---

Not connected

---

---

32

---

Not connected

---

---

33

SG1

Signal ground

---

Light
Gray/Brown

34

SG2

Signal ground

---

Pink/Brown

35

SG3

Signal ground

---

Brown/Red

36

SG4

Signal ground

---

Light Gray/Red

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

In mode 2 x V.24 synchronous with controls, the SM_V24E supports two


channels, each with eleven wires. The following table lists the pin assignment
for a typical connector when the SM_V24E is in 2 x V.24 synchronous with
controls mode. This table also lists the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the
tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table A-23: SM_10E SM_V24E connector, pin assignment for 2 x V.24
synchronous with controls mode
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CH1# RTS(105)

Ch1# require to send

Input

Brown

CH1# CTS(106)

Ch1# clear to send

Output

Brown/Black

CH1# DTR(108)

Ch1# data terminal


ready

Input

Red

CH1# DSR(107)

Ch1# data set ready

Output

Red/Black

CH1# DCD(109)

Ch1# data carrier


detect

Output

Orange

CH1# RC(115)

Ch1# receive timing

Output

Orange/Black

CH2# RTS(105)

Ch2# require to send

Input

Yellow

CH2# CTS(106)

Ch2# clear to send

Output

Yellow/Black

CH2# DTR(108)

Ch2# data terminal


ready

Input

Green

10

CH2# DSR(107)

Ch2# data set ready

Output

Green/Black

11

CH2# DCD(109)

Ch2# data carrier


detect

Output

Blue

12

CH2# RC(115)

Ch2# receive timing

Output

Blue/Black

13-18 ---

Not connected

---

---

19

CH1# SD(103)

CH1# transmit data

20

CH1# RD(104)

CH1# receive data

Output

Red/White

21

CH2# SD(103)

CH2# transmit data

Input

Orange/White

22

CH2# RD(104)

CH2# receive data

Output

Yellow/White

23

CH1# TMC(113)

Ch1# DTE timing

Input

Green/White

24

CH1# TC(114)

Ch1# transmit timing

Output

Blue/White

25

CH2# TMC(113)

Ch2# DTE timing

Input

Violet/White

26

CH2# TC(114)

Ch2# transmit timing

Output

Light Gray/White

27-34 ---

Not connected

---

---

35

SG1

Signal ground

---

Brown/Red

36

SG2

Signal ground

---

Light Gray/Red

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Brown/White

A-39

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data for SM_V35_V11 Interfaces


The SM_V35_V11 supports two channels of V.35 or V.11 interface. Each
interface can independently be configured as V.35 or V.11/X.24 and can be
mapped to unframed E1 or N x 64K of framed E1 (the interface rate N is
configurable). The following table lists the pin assignment of V.11 interfaces
for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.
Table A-24: SM_10E SM_V35_V11 connector, pin assignment

A-40

Pin

V.11 signal

Function

Direction

Wire color

20

T(a)

Ch1# transmit data+

Input

Red/White

19

T(b)

Ch1# transmit data-

Input

Brown/White

R(a)

Ch1# receive data+

Output

Brown/Black

R(b)

Ch1# receive data-

Output

Brown

22

S(a)

Ch1# transmit timing+

Output

Yellow/White

21

S(b)

Ch1# transmit timing-

Output

Orange/White

29

C(a)

Ch1# request to send+

Input

Orange/Brown

30

C(b)

Ch1# request to send-

Input

Green/Brown

23

I(a)

Ch1# clear to send+

Output

Green/White

32

I(b)

Ch1# clear to send-

Output

Violate/Brown

17

GND

Ground

---

Pink

26

T(a)

Ch2# transmit data+

Input

Light
Gray/White

25

T(b)

Ch2# transmit data-

Input

Violet/White

R(a)

Ch2# receive data+

Output

Yellow/Black

R(b)

Ch2# receive data-

Output

Yellow

28

S(a)

Ch2# transmit timing+

Output

Yellow/Brown

27

S(b)

Ch2# transmit timing-

Output

Red/Brown

31

C(a)

Ch2# request to send+

Output

Blue/Brown

34

C(b)

Ch2# request to send-

Input

Pink/Brown

13

I(a)

Ch2# clear to send+

Output

Violet

36

I(b)

Ch2# clear to send-

Output

Light Gray/Red

18

GND

Ground

---

Pink/Black

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Connection Data for SM_CODIR_4E


Interfaces
The SM_CODIR_4E supports four channels of codirectional 64 Kbps interface,
each with two pairs of wires. The following table lists the pin assignment for a
typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin
in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.
Table A-25: SM_10E SM_CODIR_4E connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

RA1

Channel 1, Rx, wire A

Input

Brown

RB1

Channel 1, Rx, wire B

Input

Brown/Black

RA2

Channel 2, Rx, wire A

Input

Red

RB2

Channel 2, Rx, wire B

Input

Red/Black

RA3

Channel 3, Rx, wire A

Input

Orange

RB3

Channel 3, Rx, wire B

Input

Orange/Black

RA4

Channel 4, Rx, wire A

Input

Yellow

RB4

Channel 4, Rx, wire B

Input

Yellow/Black

9-18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

TA1

Channel 1, Tx, wire A

Output

Brown/White

20

TB1

Channel 1, Tx, wire B

Output

Red/White

21

TA2

Channel 2, Tx, wire A

Output

Orange/White

22

TB2

Channel 2, Tx, wire B

Output

Yellow/White

23

TA3

Channel 3, Tx, wire A

Output

Green/White

24

TB3

Channel 3, Tx, wire B

Output

Blue/White

25

TA4

Channel 4, Tx, wire A

Output

Violet/White

26

TB4

Channel 4, Tx, wire B

Output

Light Gray/White

Not connected

---

---

27-36 ---

NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for


SM_CODIR_4E interfaces.

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-41

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data for SM_OMNI_E Interfaces


The SM_OMNI_E supports four 2W/4W channels, each with one pair of wires
in 2W mode or two pairs of wires in 4W mode. The following table lists the pin
assignment for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the
tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table A-26: SM_10E SM_OMNI_E connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Mode

Function

Direction

Wire color

RA1

4W

Channel 1, Rx,
wire A

Output

Brown

2W

Channel 1, wire A Bidirectional

4W

Channel 1, Rx,
wire B

2W

Channel 1, wire B Bidirectional

4W

Channel 2, Rx,
wire A

2W

Channel 2, wire A Bidirectional

4W

Channel 2, Rx,
wire B

2W

Channel 2, wire B Bidirectional

RB1

RA2

RB2

Channel 3, Rx,
wire A

RA3

Output

Output

Output

Output

Brown/Black

Red

Red/Black

Orange

Channel 3, wire A Bidirectional


6

RB3

4W

Channel 3, Rx,
wire B

2W

Channel 3, wire B Bidirectional


Channel 4, Rx,
wire A

RA4

Output

Output

Orange/Black

Yellow

Channel 4, wire A Bidirectional


8

9-18

---

19

TA1

20

A-42

RB4

TB1

4W

Channel 4, Rx,
wire B

2W

Channel 4, wire B Bidirectional

Output

Yellow/Black

Not connected

---

---

4W

Channel 1, Tx,
wire A

Input

Brown/White

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 1, Tx,
wire B

Input

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Red/White

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

21

22

23

24

25

26

Name

TA2

TB2

TA3

TB3

TA4

TB4

27-36 ---

Connection Data

Mode

Function

Direction

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 2, Tx,
wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 2, Tx,
wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 3, Tx,
wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 3, Tx,
wire B

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 4, Tx,
wire A

Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 4, Tx,
wire B

Input

2W

---

---

Not connected

---

Wire color

Orange/White

Yellow/White

Green/White

Blue/White

Violet/White

Light
Gray/White
---

NOTE: Only 8 of 18 pairs of wires are used for


SM_OMNI_E interfaces

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-43

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ICP_VF Connection Data


A single ICP_VF can serve one of the following SM_10E modules:

SM_FXS_8E

SM_FXO_8E

SM_EM_24W6E (Connectors marked CH7 and CH8 are not connected.)

SM_Codir_4_E (Connectors marked CH5 to CH8 are not connected.)

There are eight RJ-45 connectors for external interfaces on the front panel of
the ICP_VF. The figure Ethernet connector, pin identification (page A-3)
identifies the RJ-45 connector pins as seen when looking into the connector.
The following tables list the pin assignment for a typical connector, when
serving each type of traffic module. These tables also list the color of the wire
connected to the corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for
connecting the tributary connector and a distribution frame.
Table A-27: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_FXS_8E or
SM_FXO_8E
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

Line A

Wire A

Bidirectional

Blue/White ring

Line B

Wire B

Bidirectional

White/Blue ring

4-8

---

Not connected

---

---

Table A-28: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_EM_24W6E
Pin

Name

Mode

Function

RA1

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire A Output

2W

Channel 1, wire A

4W

Channel 1, Rx, wire B Output

2W

Channel 1, wire B

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire A Input

2W

---

---

4W

Channel 1, Tx, wire B

Input

2W

---

---

2
3
4

A-44

RB1
TA1
TB1

Direction

Wire color

Blue/White ring

Bidirectional
White/blue ring

Bidirectional
Green/White ring
White/Green ring

---

---

---

---

Brown/White ring

---

---

---

---

White/Brown ring

E1

Any

Channel 1, E

Output

Orange/White ring

M1

Any

Channel 1, M

Input

White/Orange ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Table A-29: ICP_VF RJ-45 connector, pin assignment for serving SM_CODIR_4E
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

RA

Rx, wire A

Input

Blue/White ring

RB

Rx, wire B

Input

White/Blue ring

TA

Tx, wire A

Output

Green/White ring

TB

Tx, wire B

Output

White/Green ring

ICP_V24 Connection Data


V.24 interfaces in the SM_V24E are always in DCE mode. One ICP_V24 can
serve one SM_V24E module. The SM_V24E module can work in the
following three modes:

Eight channels of transparent without controls mode (Connectors marked


SYNC CH1 and SYNC CH2 are not connected.)

Four channels of asynchronous with controls mode (Connectors marked


SYNC CH1 and SYNC CH2 and CH5 to CH8 are not connected.)

Two channels of synchronous with controls mode (Connectors marked


CH1 to CH8 are not connected.)

Two types of connectors for external interfaces are on the front panel of the
ICP_V24:

25-pin D-type male connector for synchronous V.24 interfaces

9-pin D-type male connector for transparent or asynchronous V.24


interfaces

The following figure identifies the 25-pin D-type male connector pins as seen
when looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment
for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.

Figure A-16: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-45

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table A-30: ICP_V24 synchronous V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

SD (103)

Transmit data

Input

Brown

RD (104)

Receive data

Output

Brown/Gray ring

RTS (105)

Request to send

Input

Red

CTS (106)

Clear to send

Output

Red/Gray ring

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange

GND

Signal ground

---

Orange/Gray ring

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow

---

Not connected

---

---

10

---

Not connected

---

---

11

---

Not connected

---

---

12

---

Not connected

---

---

13

---

Not connected

---

---

14

---

Not connected

---

---

15

TC (114)

Transmit timing

---

---

16

---

Not connected

---

---

17

RC (115)

Receive timing

---

---

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

---

Not connected

---

---

20

DTR(108)

Data terminal ready Input

Green/Gray ring

21

---

Not connected

---

---

22

---

Not connected

---

---

23

---

Not connected

---

---

24

TMC (113)

DTE timing

Input

Blue

25

---

Not connected

---

---

The following figure identifies the 9-pin D-type male connector pins as seen
when looking into the connector. The tables list the pin assignment for a typical
connector in modes asynchronous with controls and transparent without
controls. These tables also list the color of the wire connected to the
corresponding pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the
tributary connector and a distribution frame.

Figure A-17: 9-pin D-type male connector, pin identification

A-46

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Table A-31: ICP_V24 asynchronous V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Blue/White ring

SD (103)

Transmit data

Input

White/Blue ring

RD (104)

Receive data

Output

Orange/White ring

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

White/Orange ring

GND

Signal ground

---

White/Green ring

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Green/White ring

CTS (106)

Clear to send

Output

Brown/White ring

RTS (105)

Request to send

Input

White/Brown ring

---

Not connected

---

---

Table A-32: ICP_V24 transparent V.24 9-pin D-type connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

SD (103)

Transmit data

Input

Brown

RD (104)

Receive data

Output

Brown/Black

---

Not connected

---

---

GND

Receive data

---

Red

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-47

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ICP_V35 Connection Data


V.35 interfaces in the SM_V35E are always in DCE mode. One ICP_V35 can
serve a single SM_V35E module. Two M34 female connectors for external
interfaces are on the front panel of the ICP_V35.
The following figure identifies the M34 female connector pins as seen when
looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment for a
typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding pin
in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.

Figure A-18: M34 female connector, pin identification


Table A-33: ICP_V35 M34 female connector, pin assignment

A-48

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND (101) Case ground

---

Brown

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Brown/Gray ring

RTS (105)

Request to send

Input

Red

CTS (106)

Clear to send

Output

Red/Gray ring

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Orange/Gray ring

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data +

Input

Green

TD- (103b)

Transmit data -

Input

Green/Gray ring

RD+ (104a)

Receive data +

Output

Blue

RD- (104b)

Receive data -

Output

Blue/Gray ring

TMC+ (113a) Terminal clock +

Input

Violet

TMC- (113b) Terminal clock -

Input

Violet/Gray ring

RC+ (115a)

Receive clock +

Output

White

RC- (115b)

Receive clock -

Output

White/Gray ring

TC+ (114a)

Transmit clock +

Output

Pink

AA

TC- (114b)

Transmit clock -

Output

Pink/Gray ring

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data


One ICP_V11_V24 can serve one SM_V35_V11 module. Two DB15 female
connectors and two DB25 male connectors make up two channels for external
interfaces on the front panel of the ICP_V11_V24. Each channel has one DB15
female connector and one DB25 male connector.
The following figure identifies the 15-pin D-type female connector pins as seen
when looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment
for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom.

Figure A-19: 15-pin D-type female connector, pin identification


Table A-34: ICP_V11_V24 15-pin D-type connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Case ground

---

---

T+

Transmit data+

Input

Brown

C+

Request to send+

Input

Orange

R+

Receive data+

Output

White

I+

Clear to send+

Output

Yellow

S+

Transmit timing+

Output

Red

---

Not connected

---

---

Ground

Signal GND

---

Green

T-

Transmit data-

Input

Brown/Gray Loop

10

C-

Request to send-

Input

Orange/Gray Loop

11

R-

Receive data-

Output

White/Gray Loop

12

I-

Clear to send-

Output

Yellow/Gray Loop

13

S-

Transmit timing-

Output

Red/Gray Loop

14

---

Not connected

---

---

15

---

Not connected

---

---

The following figure identifies the 25-pin D-type male connector pins as seen
when looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment
for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.

Figure A-20: 25-pin D-type male connector, pin identification

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-49

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table A-35: ICP_V11_V24 V.24 25-pin D-type connector, pin assignment

A-50

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

---

Not connected

---

---

SD (103)

Transmit data

Input

Brown

RD (104)

Receive data

Output

Brown/Gray ring

RTS (105)

Request to send

Input

Red

CTS (106)

Clear to send

Output

Red/Gray ring

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange

GND

Signal ground

---

Orange/Gray ring

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow

---

Not connected

---

---

10

---

Not connected

---

---

11

---

Not connected

---

---

12

---

Not connected

---

---

13

---

Not connected

---

---

14

---

Not connected

---

---

15

TC (114)

Transmit timing

---

---

16

---

Not connected

---

---

17

RC (115)

Receive timing

---

---

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

---

Not connected

---

---

20

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready Input

Green/Gray ring

21

---

Not connected

---

---

22

---

Not connected

---

---

23

---

Not connected

---

---

24

TMC (113)

DTE timing

Input

Blue

25

---

Not connected

---

---

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

ICP_DB37D Connection Data


One ICP_DB37D can serve one SM_V35_V11 module. Two DB37 female
connectors for external interfaces are on the front panel of the ICP_DB37D.
Connector pin-out is defined for the following six types of interfaces:

RS449

RS422

V.36

V.35

V.11/X.24

Synchronous V.24

The following figure identifies the 37-pin D-type female connector pins as seen
when looking into the connector. The table lists the connector pin assignment
for a typical connector and the color of the wire connected to the corresponding
pin in the cables offered by ECI Telecom for connecting the tributary connector
and a distribution frame.

Figure A-21: 37-pin D-type female connector, pin identification

Table A-36: ICP_DB37D 37 pin D-type connector, pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Case ground

---

Black

---

Not connected

---

---

---

Not connected

---

---

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

RC+ (115a)

Receive timing+

Input

Red/White

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

10

---

Not connected

---

---

11

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange/White

12

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

13

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow/Black

14

---

Not connected

---

---

15

---

Not connected

---

---

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-51

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

16

---

Not connected

---

---

17

TMC+ (113a)

Terminal timing+

---

Green

18

---

Not connected

---

---

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

20

---

Not connected

---

---

21

---

Not connected

---

---

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

23

TC- (114b)

Transmit timing-

Output

Blue/White

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

25

RTS_O- (105b)

Request to send-

Input

Purple/White

26

RC- (115b)

Receive timing-

Input

Gray

27

CTS- (106b)

Clear to send-

Output

Gray/Black

28

---

Not connected

---

---

29

---

Not connected

---

---

30

---

Not connected

---

---

31

---

Not connected

---

---

32

---

Not connected

---

---

33

---

Not connected

---

---

34

---

Not connected

---

---

35

TMC- (113b)

Terminal timing-

Output

White

36

---

Not connected

---

---

37

---

Not connected

---

---

Table A-37: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-449 pin assignment

A-52

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Table A-38: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, RS-422 pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

Table A-39: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.36 pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Case ground

---

Black

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

RC+ (115a)

Receive timing+

Input

Red/White

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

11

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange/White

12

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

13

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow/Black

17

TMC+ (113a)

Terminal timing+

---

Green

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

23

TC- (114b)

Transmit timing-

Output

Blue/White

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

26

RC- (115b)

Receive timing-

Input

Gray

35

TMC- (113b)

Terminal timing-

Output

White

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-53

Connection Data

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Table A-40: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.35 pin assignment


Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Case ground

---

Black

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

RC+ (115a)

Receive timing+

Input

Red/White

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

11

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange/White

12

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

13

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow/Black

17

TMC+ (113a)

Terminal timing+

---

Green

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

23

TC- (114b)

Transmit timing-

Output

Blue/White

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

26

RC- (115b)

Receive timing-

Input

Gray

35

TMC- (113b)

Terminal timing-

Output

White

Table A-41: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, V.11/X.24 pin assignment

A-54

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

CGND

Case ground

---

Black

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

22

TD- (103b)

Transmit data-

Output

Blue

23

TC- (114b)

Transmit timing-

Output

Blue/White

24

RD- (104b)

Receive data-

---

Purple

25

RTS_O- (105b)

Request to send-

Input

Purple/White

27

CTS- (106b)

Clear to send-

Output

Gray/Black

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Table A-42: ICP_DB37D 37-pin D-type connector, synchronous V.24 pin


assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

Wire color

TD+ (103a)

Transmit data+

Output

Black/White

TC+ (114a)

Transmit timing+

Output

Brown

RD+ (104a)

Receive data+

Input

Brown/White

RTS_O+ (105a)

Request to send+

Input

Red

RC+ (115a)

Receive timing+

Input

Red/White

CTS_O+

Clear to send+

Output

Orange

11

DSR (107)

Data set ready

Output

Orange/White

12

DTR (108)

Data terminal ready

Input

Yellow

13

DCD (109)

Data carrier detect

Output

Yellow/Black

17

TMC+ (113a)

Terminal timing+

---

Green

19

GND (102)

Signal ground

---

Green/White

RAP-4B Connectors
SHELF ALARM Connectors
The four ALARM connectors are 36-pin SCSI female connectors that can each
be connected to the ALARMS connector of an XDM, BG, or 9600 series
platform. The following figure identifies the connector pins (as seen when
looking into the connector).

Figure A-22: RAP-4B SHELF ALARM connector, pin identification


Table A-43: RAP-4B PLATFORM ALARM connector, pin assignment
Pin

Name

Function

Direction

N/C

--

--

ALM_IP1

Alarm input 1, + wire

Input

ALM_IN1

Alarm input 1, - wire

Input

ALM_IP2

Alarm input 2, + wire

Input

ALM_IN2

Alarm input 2, - wire

Input

ALM_IP3

Alarm input 3, + wire

Input

ALM_IN3

Alarm input 3, - wire

Input

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-55

Connection Data

A-56

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Pin

Name

Function

Direction

ALM_IP4

Alarm input 4, + wire

Input

ALM_IN4

Alarm input 4, - wire

Input

10

N/C

--

--

11

N/C

--

--

12

GND

Ground

--

13

ALM_O1

Alarm output 1 common

Output

14

N/C

--

--

15

GND

Ground

--

16

ALM_O2

Alarm output 2 common

Output

17

N/C

--

--

18

BUZ_COM

Buzzer common

Input

19

N/C

--

--

20

GND

Ground

--

21

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm common

--

22

N/C

--

--

23

MAJ_COM

Major alarm common

Input

24

GND

Ground

--

25

N/C

--

--

26

GND

Ground

--

27

MIN_COM

Minor alarm common

Input

28

N/C

--

--

29

WARN_COM

Warning alarm common

--

30

GND

Ground

--

31

N/C

--

--

32

N/C

--

--

33

N/C

--

--

34

N/C

--

--

35

GND

Ground

--

36

N/C

--

--

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

ALARM IN/OUT Connector


The ALARM IN/OUT connector is a 68-pin SCSI female connector that carries
three groups of lines to the customer equipment:

Sixteen external alarm inputs connected to the ALARM inputs of the


BroadGate platforms. Four inputs are allocated to each one. Each input is
activated by closing a dry contact provided from the customer's facility.

Eight sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform


ground, that serve as rack (bay) status outputs. Each couple of the eight
relays is assigned to the two output alarm lines of each BroadGate platform
connected to the RAP-4B.

Four sets of changeover relay contacts, floating with respect to platform


ground, that serve as rack (bay) alarm indication lines. The relays,
identified as critical, major, minor, and warning, are activated by the
corresponding alarm relays of BroadGate platforms.

Relay contact ratings are 72 V in open state and 1A in closed state.


The following figure identifies the ALARM IN/OUT connector pins, as seen
when looking into the connector.

Figure A-23: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin identification


Table A-44: RAP-4B ALARM IN/OUT connector, pin assignment
Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Platform 1

ALM_01NO

Output relay 1, normally open Output


contact

Black

ALM_01COM

Output relay 1, common


contact

Output

Brown

ALM_01NC

Output relay 1, normally


closed contact

Output

Red

ALM_02NO

Output relay 2, normally open Output


contact

Orange

ALM_02COM

Output relay 2, common


contact

Output

Yellow

ALM_02NC

Output relay 2, normally


closed contact

Output

Green

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Direction

Wire color

A-57

Connection Data

Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Platform 2

ALM_03NO

Output relay 3, normally open Output


contact

Blue

ALM_03COM

Output relay 3, common


contact

Output

Violet

ALM_03NC

Output relay 3, normally


closed contact

Output

Gray

10

ALM_04NO

Output relay 4, normally open Output


contact

White

11

ALM_04COM

Output relay 4, common


contact

Output

Pink

12

ALM_04NC

Output relay 4, normally


closed contact

Output

Light Green

13

ALM_05NO

Output relay 5, normally open Output


contact

Black/White

14

ALM_05COM

Output relay 5, common


contact

Output

Brown/White

15

ALM_05NC

Output relay 5, normally


closed contact

Output

Red/White

16

ALM_06NO

Output relay 6, normally open Output


contact

Orange/White

17

ALM_06COM

Output relay 6, common


contact

Output

Green/White

18

ALM_06NC

Output relay 6, normally


closed contact

Output

Blue/White

19

ALM_07NO

Output relay 7, normally open Output


contact

Violet/White

20

ALM_07COM

Output relay 7, common


contact

Output

Red/Black

21

ALM_07NC

Output relay 7, normally


closed contact

Output

Orange/Black

22

ALM_08NO

Output relay 8, normally open Output


contact

Yellow/Black

23

ALM_08COM

Output relay 8, common


contact

Output

Green/Black

24

ALM_08NC

Output relay 8, normally


closed contact

Output

Gray/Black

Platform 3

Platform 4

A-58

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

Direction

Wire color

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connection Data

Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

All platforms

25

CRIT_NC

Critical alarm relay, normally


closed contact

Output

Pink/Black

26

CRIT_NO

Critical alarm relay, normally


open contact

Output

Pink/Green

27

CRIT_COM

Critical alarm relay, common


contact

Output

Pink/Red

28

MAJ_NC

Major alarm relay, normally


closed contact

Output

Pink/Violet

29

MAJ_NO

Major alarm relay, normally


open contact

Output

Light Blue

30

MAJ_COM

Major alarm relay, common


contact

Output

Light Blue/Brown

31

MIN_NC

Minor alarm relay, normally


closed contact

Output

Light Blue/Red

32

MIN_NO

Minor alarm relay, normally


open contact

Output

Light Blue/Violet

33

MIN_COM

Minor alarm relay, common


contact

Output

Light Blue/Black

34

WARN_COM

Warning alarm relay,


common contact

Output

Gray/Green

35

ALMIN1

External alarm input 1

Input

Gray/Red

36

ALM_IN1

External alarm input 1

Input

Gray/Violet

37

ALMIN2

External alarm input 2

Input

Light Green/Black

38

ALM_IN2

External alarm input 2

Input

Violet/Black

39

ALMIN3

External alarm input 3

Input

Black/White dots

40

ALM_IN3

External alarm input 3

Input

Brown/White dots

41

ALMIN4

External alarm input 4

Input

Red/White dots

42

ALM_IN4

External alarm input 4

Input

Orange/White dots

43

ALMIN5

External alarm input 5

Input

Green/White dots

44

ALM_IN5

External alarm input 5

Input

Blue/White dots

45

ALMIN6

External alarm input 6

Input

Violet/White dots

46

ALM_IN6

External alarm input 6

Input

White/Black dots

47

ALMIN7

External alarm input 7

Input

Yellow/Black dots

48

ALM_IN7

External alarm input 7

Input

Green/Black dots

49

ALMIN8

External alarm input 8

Input

Light Blue/Black
dots

50

ALM_IN8

External alarm input 8

Input

Pink/Black dots

Platform 1

Platform 2

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

A-59

Connection Data

Assignment

Pin

Designation

Function

Direction

Wire color

Platform 3

51

ALMIN9

External alarm input 9

Input

Red/Black dots

52

ALM_IN9

External alarm input 9

Input

Orange/Black dots

53

ALMIN10

External alarm input 10

Input

Violet/Black dots

54

ALM_IN10

External alarm input 10

Input

Gray/Black dots

55

ALMIN11

External alarm input 11

Input

56

ALM_IN11

External alarm input 11

Input

Orange/Red dots

57

ALMIN12

External alarm input 12

Input

Yellow/Red dots

58

ALM_IN12

External alarm input 12

Input

Green/Red dots

59

ALMIN13

External alarm input 13

Input

Violet/Red dots

60

ALM_IN13

External alarm input 13

Input

Gray/Red dots

61

ALMIN14

External alarm input 14

Input

White/Red dots

62

ALM_IN14

External alarm input 14

Input

Pink/Red dots

63

ALMIN15

External alarm input 15

Input

Yellow/White

64

ALM_IN15

External alarm input 15

Input

Gray/White

65

ALMIN16

External alarm input 16

Input

Pink/White

66

ALM_IN16

External alarm input 16

Input

Brown/Black

67

WARN_NC

Warning alarm relay,


normally closed contact

Output

Blue/Black

68

WARN_NO

Warning alarm relay,


normally open contact

Output

Gray/White dots

Platform 4

All platforms

A-60

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

B
Rack Installation
In this appendix:
Installing Equipment Racks ............................................................................ B-1
Installing 19" Racks ........................................................................................ B-6

Installing Equipment Racks


NOTE: The instructions in this Appendix are relevant to the
installation of all rack types. However, it is recommended that
BG-30 platforms be installed in ETSI A racks.

Marking Rack Floor


You need to mark out the rack floor plan before installing the rack.
Before you start:
Before starting, find the prescribed location of each equipment rack.
If you have not yet unpacked the rack and the associated mounting kits, do so
now (see Unpacking and Performing Visual Inspection (page 3-5)).

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-1

Rack Installation

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

To mark out the rack floor plan:


1. For each rack, mark out the floor at the rack location(s) according to the
floor plan template corresponding to the type of rack being installed:

ETSI A and ETSI B racks: Use template of diagram a. in the figure


"Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden
Floors (page B-3)).

23 rack: Use template of diagram a. in the figure "Mounting diagrams


for 19 and 23 racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors (page B3)).

19 rack: Use template of diagram b. in the figure "Mounting diagrams


for 19 and 23 racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors (page B3)).
The marked locations are a helpful guide for positioning the racks.
2. If the installation is located at a site with a floating (suspended) floor, also
mark out all cable entry slots.
3. For concrete or wooden floors, mark out all the points designated for
equipment bolting.

Installing the Rack on Concrete Floors


To install the rack on a concrete floor:
1. Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate
template. See diagram a. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks",
and diagram a. or b. in the figure "Mounting diagrams for 19 and 23
racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors (see "Installing the Rack on
Wooden Floors" page B-3)).
2. Insert expansion shields into the holes.
3. Position the rack over the mounting holes.
4. Secure the rack to the floor with the bolts supplied in the mounting kit, in
accordance with diagram b. or diagram c. in the figure "Mounting diagrams
for 19 and 23 racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors (see "Installing
the Rack on Wooden Floors" page B-3)).

B-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Rack Installation

Installing the Rack on Wooden Floors


To install the rack on a wooden floor:
1. Drill the required mounting holes in accordance with the appropriate
template (see the following figures), using a 5 mm drill bit.
2. Position the rack over the mounting holes.
3. Secure the rack to the floor using the appropriate wood screws (see the
following figures).

Figure B-1: Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-3

Rack Installation

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Figure B-2: Mounting diagrams for 19" and 23" racks

Installing the Rack on Floating (Suspended)


Floors
To install the rack on a floating (suspended) floor:
1. Drill the required mounting holes in the suspended floor, in accordance
with the appropriate template.
2. Position the rack over the mounting holes.
3. Secure the rack to the floor in accordance with diagram c. in the figure
"Mounting diagrams for ETSI racks" (Rack Installation on Wooden Floors
(page B-3)).
B-4

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Rack Installation

Installing the Rack on Suspended Overhead


Trays
To install the rack on a suspended overhead tray:
1. See the following figure and position the overhead rack securing brackets.
2. Secure the rack to the overhead cabling trays, using the adjustable brackets.
2200 mm high racks may also be attached to the ceiling; 2600 mm racks
are generally attached only to the ceiling.

Figure B-3: Rack mounting diagram for attachment to suspended overhead


tray (2200 mm rack)

Installing Extendable Rails


In high-density installations, it may be necessary to install the xRAP above the
rack using the extendable installation rails available from ECI Telecom.
In this case, attach the extendable installation rails to the top of the rack before
installing the equipment.

Grounding the Rack


Immediately after installing the rack, connect its grounding stud to the
prescribed grounding point on the site grounding bar.
Use a grounding lead that meets the requirements described in Rack Grounding
Requirements (page 2-17).

426006-2333-013-A05

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

B-5

Rack Installation

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing 19" Racks


The BG-30 can also be installed in European 19 racks. This is accepted under
the limitations that the racks general dimensions are according to the
following figure. Any other European 19 rack must first be examined and
approved by ECI Telecom.

Figure B-4: Example of an approved European 19 rack

B-6

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

Index
Attaching the Support Rails 4-7
Attaching the Transparent Protection
Cover 4-47
Attaching the Wall-Mounted Frame
4-37
Auxiliary Connector on the MCP30 A-5

2
2 Mbps test 5-5
34 Mbps test 5-5

4
45 Mbps test 5-5

A
About This Manual xiii
AC_CONV_30B
connection data A-2
AC_CONV_30B/AC_CONV_30E AC
Input Power Connectors A-2
AC_CONV_30E
connection data A-2
AC_CONV_MODULE
installing 3-45
AC_CONV_UNIT
installing 3-45
Alarm Cables 2-11
connecting 3-73
ALARM IN/OUT Connector A-57
Alarm-Handling Test 5-10, 5-13
Alarms
connection data A-10
Alarms Connector A-10
Ancillary Units 3-8
Assembling the DDF 4-14
Attaching Cable Clamping Bars 4-11
Attaching Connection Blocks 4-15
Attaching the BG-30B Platform in the
Rack 3-32
Attaching the BG-30E Platform in the
Rack 3-52
Attaching the EXT-2U Shelf to the Rack
3-65
Attaching the Fiber Guide Tube 4-11,
4-36
426006-2333-013-A05

Before You Start 2-1


BG-30
commissioning tests 5-1
connecting electrical interface cables
3-75
connecting fibers nd cables 3-73
connection data A-1
data network commissioning tests
5-11
environmental requirements 2-4
equipment installation 3-1
getting started 2-1
getting started overview 2-1
installation 2-6, 3-1
installation options 3-6
installation overview 2-1
installation plan 2-6
installation sequence 3-2
integrating with other equipment in
one rack 2-8
introduction 1-1
maintenance overview 6-1
physical location 2-4
platform overview 1-1
power cables 2-10
power sources 2-5
SDH commissioning tests 5-5
site commisssioning tests 5-2
site preparation 2-4
typical installation 2-7

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

I-1

Index

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

unpacking 3-5
visual inspection 3-5
BG-30 Platform Overview 1-1
BG-30B
attaching in rack 3-32
grounding 3-33
installing 3-31
installing FCU_30B 3-36
installing power modules 3-35
installing Tslot modules 3-44
installing XIO30 3-43
slot identification 3-33
BG-30B Wall-Mounted Installations 4-1
BG-30E
attaching to rack 3-52
installing 3-47
installing extension cards 3-56
installing FCU_30E 3-55
installing on BG-30B shelf 3-49
installing power modules 3-54
BGW-E
Attaching in a Rack 3-65
Disassembling from BG-30B 3-63
Extension Cards in the EXT-2U-E
3-69
FCU_WE in the EXT-2U-E 3-68
Identifying Slots 3-65
Installing in Rack 3-61
Installing on BG-30B 3-61
Installing the H connector 3-62
TP63_1 Cards in the EXT-2U-E
3-70

C
Cables 2-9
alarm 2-11
coaxial 3-80
connecting to BG-30 3-73
data interface 3-90
DC power 2-10
electric traffic 2-12
electrical 3-75
I-2

grounding 2-10
management 2-11
RAP input power 2-10
shelf power 2-11
timing 2-12
Checking
cards installed 5-2
modules installed 5-2
Checking Cards and Modules Installed in
Each Shelf 5-2
Checking DC Voltage Polarity 3-22
Cleaning Optical Connectors 2-6
Commissioning Tests 5-1
Connecting
alarm cables 3-73
coaxial cables 3-80
data interface cables to Ethernet
interfaces 3-90
E1 cables for balanced E1 interfaces
3-75
E1 cables for unbalanced E1
interfaces 3-76
electrical cables 3-90
electrical interface cables 3-75
fibers 3-73
optical fibers 3-74
optical modules 3-74
power cables 3-73
timing cables 3-91
Connecting Alarm Cables 4-27, 4-50
Connecting Cabinet Grounding 4-23
Connecting Customer Cables 4-16
Connecting Equipment Cables 4-16
Connecting Fibers and Cables to the
BG-30 Shelf 3-73
Connecting I/O Protection Cables in the
BG-30 3-81
Connecting Management Cables 4-30,
4-53
Connecting Optical Fibers 4-27, 4-50
Connecting Optical Fibers to Optical
Modules 3-74

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Connecting Power and Alarm Cables to a


DC Power Source 3-73
Connecting Power Cables 4-25, 4-49
Connecting the Timing (Clock) Cable
3-91
Connecting the TP21_2 3-87
Connecting the TP63_1 3-88
Connecting the TPS1_1 3-89
Connecting Timing (Clock) Cables
4-30, 4-52
Connecting Wall-Mounted Frame
Grounding 4-47
Connection Data A-1
alarms A-10
auxiliary connector on MCP30 A-5
ESW_2G_8F_E A-24
Ethernet A-23
ICP_V24 A-45
ICP_V35 A-48
ICP_VF A-44
INF_30B A-2
INF_30E A-2
MNG Ethernet A-3
MPS_2G_8F A-24
orderwire A-8
overview A-2
P345_3E A-23
PE1_63 A-23
PM345_3 A-23
PME1_21 A-11
RS-232 A-7
SM_10E A-31
SM_CODIR_4E A-41
SM_EM_24W6E A-33
SM_FXO_8E A-32
SM_FXS_8E A-32
SM_V24E A-36
SM_V35E A-35
T3/T4 A-4
V.11 overhead A-9

426006-2333-013-A05

Index

Connection Data for SM_CODIR_4E


Interfaces A-41
Connection Data for SM_EM_24W6E
Interfaces A-33
Connection Data for SM_FXO_8E and
SM_FXS_8E Interfaces A-32
Connection Data for SM_OMNI_E
Interfaces A-42
Connection Data for SM_V24E Interfaces
A-36
Connection Data for SM_V35_V11
Interfaces A-40
Connection Data for SM_V35E Interfaces
A-35

D
Data Network Commissioning Tests
5-11
DC
power cables 2-10
DC Power Cables 2-10
DDF 21 E1s Unit 4-13
Disassembling the BG-30E from the
BG-30B 3-50
Disassembling the EXT-2U from the
BG-30B 3-63
DMGE_1_L1 Connection Data A-25
Document Conventions xiv
Document Organization xiii

E
E1 Connectors on the PME1_21 A-11
Electric Traffic Cables 2-12
ElectricTraffic Cables 2-12
Environmental Requirements 2-4
Environmental Requirements 2-4
Equipment
safety 2-16
Equipment Installation 3-1
Equipment Power-on Test 5-8
Equipment Power-On Test 5-8
ESD Protection 2-22

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

I-3

Index

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Eslot
replacing 6-28
ESW_2G_8F_E
connection data A-24
installing SFP modules 3-59
ESW_2G_8F_E Card Connection Data
A-24
Ethernet Interface Connectors A-23
Ethernet Interfaces 3-90
connection data A-23
Extension Cards 3-56

F
FCU_30B/FCU_30BH
installing 3-36
replacing 6-30
FCU_30E
installing 3-55
replacing 6-30
Fiber Storage Tray
installing 3-22
Fibers 2-9
connecting to BG-30 3-73
optical 2-14
Frame Loss Rate Test 5-12
Frame Loss-Rate 5-12

G
Grounding
BG-30B 3-33
cables 2-10
rack B-5
rack requirements 2-17
requirements 2-17
Grounding Cables 2-10
Grounding Requirements 2-17
Grounding the BG-30B Platform 3-33
Grounding the Rack B-5

H
H connector
installing 3-48

I-4

I
ICP_DB37D Connection Data A-51
ICP_MCP30
installing 3-28
replacing 6-30
ICP_V11_V24 Connection Data A-49
ICP_V24
connection data A-45
ICP_V24 Connection Data A-45
ICP_V35
connection data A-48
ICP_V35 Connection Data A-48
ICP_VF
connection data A-44
ICP_VF Connection Data A-44
ICPs
replacing 6-29
Identifying Slots in the BG-30B 3-33
Identifying Slots in the BG-30E 3-52
Identifying Slots in the EXT-2U 3-65
INF_30B
connection data A-2
INF_30B/INF_30BH/INF_30E DC Input
Power Connectors A-2
INF_30E
connection data A-2
Input Sensitivity Test 5-7
Installation 2-6
AC_CONV_MODULE 3-45
AC_CONV_UNIT 3-30
ancillary units in racks 3-8
BG-30 in racks 2-6
BG-30B 3-31
BG-30B power modules 3-35
BG-30E 3-47
BG-30E on BG-30B shelf 3-49
BG-30E power modules 3-54
extendable rails on rack B-5
extension cards in BG-30E 3-56
Extension Cards in the EXT-2U-E
3-69
FCU_30B/FCU_30BH 3-36

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

FCU_30E 3-55
FCU_WE in the EXT-2U-E 3-68
fiber storage tray 3-22
H connector 3-48
H Connector 3-62
MCP30 3-37
ODF 3-24
options 3-6
overview 2-1
plan 2-6
Power Modules in the EXT-2U-E
3-67
preliminary preparations 3-2
rack B-1
rail stiffeners 3-31
RAP-BG 3-9
sequence 3-2
SFP module 3-46
SFP module in ESW_2G_8F_E
3-59
TP63_1 Cards in the EXT-2U-E
3-70
traffic modules on SM_10E 3-60
Tslot modules 3-44
typical BG-30 2-7
xDDF-21 3-27
XIO30 3-43
Installation Options 3-6
Installation Plan 2-6
Installation Sequence 3-2
Installing 19 B-6
Installing a Power Module in the BG-30B
3-35
Installing a Power Module in the EXT-2U
3-67
Installing an AC_CONV_MODULE in
the AC_CONV_UNIT 3-45
Installing an FCU_30B or FCU_30BH in
the BG-30B 3-36
Installing an FCU_30E in the BG-30E
3-55
Installing an FCU_E2U in the EXT-2U
3-68
426006-2333-013-A05

Index

Installing an MCP30 Module 3-40


Installing an MCP30B Module 3-37
Installing Ancillary Units in Racks 3-8
Installing BG-30 in Racks 2-6
Installing Cable Guides 4-10
Installing Cable Supports 4-34
Installing Cabling Accessories 4-9
Installing Clip Nuts for the BG and DDFs
4-18
Installing Clip Nuts for the BG, DDFs,
and AC CONV Unit 4-21
Installing DDFs 4-22
Installing Equipment 3-1
Installing Equipment Racks B-1
Installing Extendable Rails B-5
Installing Extension Cards in the BG-30E
3-56
Installing Extension Cards in the EXT-2U
3-69
Installing Grounding Cables 4-12
Installing Long Cards in the BG-30E
3-57
Installing Long Cards in the EXT-2U
3-70
Installing Mounting Brackets 4-14
Installing Power Modules in the BG-30E
3-54
Installing SFP Modules 3-46
Installing SFP Modules in the
ESW_2G_8F_E 3-59
Installing SM_10E ICPs 3-29
Installing the 19 4-7
Installing the AC CONV Unit 4-22
Installing the AC_CONV_UNIT 3-30
Installing the BG-30B and a DDF (Option
5) 4-44
Installing the BG-30B and Accessories in
the Wall-Mounted Frame 4-38
Installing the BG-30B and Three DDFs
4-17
Installing the BG-30B and Three DDFs
(Option 1) 4-39

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

I-5

Index

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Installing the BG-30B in a Wall-Mounted


Cabinet 4-3
Installing the BG-30B Platform 4-19,
4-22
Installing the BG-30B Platform in the
Rack 3-31
Installing the BG-30B, a DDF, and a
RAP-BG (Option 2) 4-40
Installing the BG-30B, a DDF, and an
AC/DC CONV (Option 4) 4-42
Installing the BG-30B, an ICP_MCP30,
and a DDF (Option 3) 4-41
Installing the BG-30B, Two DDFs, and
an AC CONV Unit 4-20
Installing the BG-30E Platform in the
Rack 3-47
Installing the BG-30E Platform on the
BG-30B Platform 3-49
Installing the Cover Holders 4-45
Installing the C-Rail 4-8
Installing the DDFs 4-19
Installing the EXT-2U Platform in the
Rack 3-61
Installing the EXT-2U Shelf on the
BG-30B Shelf 3-61
Installing the Front Door 4-33
Installing the FST 3-22
Installing the H Connector 3-48, 3-62
Installing the ICP_MCP30 3-28
Installing the Interior Components 4-4
Installing the ODF 3-24
Installing the PIM2_63 Cable Guide and
Holder 3-27
Installing the Rack on Concrete Floors
B-2
Installing the Rack on Floating
(Suspended) Floors B-4
Installing the Rack on Suspended
Overhead Trays B-5
Installing the Rack on Wooden Floors
B-3
Installing the Rail Stiffeners 3-31
Installing the RAP-4B 3-15, 3-17
Installing the RAP-BG 3-9, 3-10
I-6

Installing the Rear Panel 4-6


Installing the Side Covers 4-32
Installing the Top and Bottom Covers
4-31
Installing the Wall-Mounted Cabinet
Covers and Door 4-31
Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame 4-34
Installing the Wall-Mounted Frame Front
Cover 4-45
Installing the xDDF-21 Patch Panel
3-27
Installing Traffic Modules in the SM_10E
3-60
Installing Tslot Modules in the BG-30B
3-44
Installing XIO30 Modules in the BG-30B
3-43
Integrating BG-30 Platforms and Other
Equipment in One Rack 2-8
Integration of Equipment in a Rack 2-8
Intended Audience xiii
Introduction 1-1

L
Laser
classification 2-19
device operation precautions 2-20
information 2-20
safety statutory warning 2-19
warning labels 2-19
Laser Classification 2-19
Laser Device Operating Precautions
2-20
Laser Information 2-20
Laser Safety 2-19
Laser Safety Requirements 2-19
Laser Safety Statutory Warning 2-19
Loss of Signal (LOS) Detection Test 5-6
Loss of Signal Detection Test 5-6

M
Maintenance 6-1
preventive 6-2
Maintenance Action Test 5-10

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Management Cables 2-11


Management Cables 2-11
Marking Rack Floor B-1
MCP30
connection data A-5
installing 3-37
replacing 6-26
Measuring Optical Levels 5-4
Mechanical Checks 5-3
MNG Ethernet
connection data A-3
MNG Ethernet Connector A-3
Modules
replacing 6-24
MPS_2G_8F
connection data A-24
MPS_2G_8F Card Connection Data
A-24

N
Network Timing Synchronization Test
5-7

O
Obtaining Technical Documentation xv
ODF
installing 3-24
Onsite Troubleshooting 6-3
Optical
measuring levels 5-4
Optical Connectors
cleaning 2-6
Optical Fibers 2-14
connecting 3-74
Optical Modules
connecting 3-74
Orderwire
connection data A-8
Orderwire Connector A-8
Outline of the Installation Procedure 2-1
Overview xiii, 2-1, 3-1, 4-1, 5-1, 6-1,
A-2

426006-2333-013-A05

Index

P
P345_3E
connection data A-23
P345_3E Card Connection Data A-23
Path Protection and Nonretrieval Test
5-9
PE1_63
connection data A-23
PE1_63 Card Connection Data A-23
Personnel Training 2-23
Physical Location 2-4
Physical Location of BG-30 2-4
Platform Overview 1-1
Platform Power Cables 2-11
Platform Power-On Test Procedure 5-5
PM345_3
connection data A-23
PM345_3 Card Connection Data A-23
PME1_21 A-11
PME1_63
connection data A-15
PME1_63 Connection Data A-15
Power
BG-30E 3-54
connecting cables 3-73
installing power modules in BG-30B
3-35
replacing modules 6-29
troubleshooting 6-4
Power Sources 2-5
Power Supply Requirements 2-18
Preliminary Preparations 3-2
Preparing
cables 2-9
fibers 2-9
Preparing Cables and Fibers 2-9
Preparing DC Input Power Cables 3-9,
3-16
Preparing Installation Holes 4-37
Preparing the Rear Panel Holes 4-5
Preventive Maintenance 6-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

I-7

Index

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Protection Against Electrostatic


Discharge 2-22
Protection Jumper Cable for TP21_2
(L114) 3-82
Protection Jumper Cable for TPS1_1
(L127) 3-85
Protection Jumper Cables for I/O Cards
3-82
Protection Jumper Cables for TP63_1
(L123 and L128) 3-83
Protection Jumper Cables Usage 3-86

R
Rack
19 B-6
floor marking B-1
grounding B-5
installation B-1
installation on concrete floors B-2
installation on floating floors B-4
installation on wooden floors B-3
installing extendable rails B-5
mounting on suspended overhead tray
B-5
Rack Grounding Requirements 2-17
Rack Installation B-1
Rail Stiffeners
installing 3-31
RAP
input power cables 2-10
installing 3-9
RAP Input Power Cables 2-10
RAP-4B
installation 3-15
RAP-4B Connectors A-55
RAP-BG 3-9
Related Documentation xv
Replacing
Eslot cards 6-28
FCU module 6-30
ICP for MCP30 6-30
ICPs for SM_10E 6-29
MCP30 6-26
I-8

modules 6-24
power modules 6-29
SFP/XFP transceivers 6-31
traffic modules on SM_10E 6-28
Tslot cards 6-27
XIO30 6-27
Replacing an ICP for the MCP30 6-30
Replacing Cards and Modules 6-24
Replacing Eslot Cards 6-28
Replacing ICPs for the SM_10E 6-29
Replacing Power Modules 6-29
Replacing SFP/XFP Transceivers 6-31
Replacing the
FCU_30B/FCU_30BH/FCU_30E
Module 6-30
Replacing the MCP30 Card 6-26
Replacing Traffic Modules on the
SM_10E 6-28
Replacing Tslot Cards 6-27
Replacing XIO30 Cards 6-27
Reset Test 5-12
Routing
coaxial cables 3-80
data interface cables to Ethernet
interfaces 3-90
E1 cables for balanced E1 interfaces
3-75
E1 cables for unbalanced E1
interfaces 3-76
electrical cables 3-90
electrical interface cables 3-75
Routing and Connecting Cables and
Fibers in the Cabinet 4-23
Routing and Connecting Cables and
Fibers in the Frame 4-48
Routing and Connecting Coaxial Cables
3-80, 4-29, 4-52
Routing and Connecting Data Interface
Cables to Ethernet Interfaces 3-90
Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for
Balanced E1 Interfaces 3-75
Routing and Connecting E1 Cables for
Unbalanced E1 Interfaces 3-76

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

Routing and Connecting E1 Cables to the


PME1_63 3-79
Routing and Connecting Electrical Cables
between the MCP30 and the
ICP_MCP30 3-90
Routing and Connecting Electrical
Interface Cables to the BG-30 3-75
Routing and Connecting Electrical Traffic
Cables 4-28, 4-51
RS-232
connection data A-7
RS-232 Connector A-7

S
Safety 2-16, 6-24
laser 2-19
Safety and Workmanship 6-24
SDH Commissioning Tests 5-5
SDH Test 5-5
Severity Assignment Test 5-9
Sevirity Assignment Test 5-9
SFP
installing 3-46
installing in ESW_2G_8F_E 3-59
replacing 6-31
SHELF ALARM Connectors A-55
Shelf Power-on Test 5-5
Site Commissinig Tests 5-2
Site Commissioning Tests 5-2
Site Preparation 2-4
SM_10E
connection data A-31
installing traffic modules 3-60
replacing ICPs 6-29
replacing traffic modules 6-28
SM_10E Card Connection Data A-31
SM_CODIR_4E
connection data A-41
SM_EM_24W6E
connection data A-33
SM_FXO_8E
connection data A-32

426006-2333-013-A05

Index

SM_FXS_8E
connection data A-32
SM_V24E
connection data A-36
SM_V35E
connection data A-35
Stability Test 5-13
Suspended Overhead Tray Assembly
B-5
System Recovery and Reset Tests 5-12
System Recovery Test 5-12

T
T3/T4
connection data A-4
T3/T4 Timing Connector A-4
Technical Assistance xvi
Temporary EPA 2-23
working within 2-24
Test Equipment 5-1
Test Equipment Setup 5-5
Test Equipment, Tools, and Materials
6-1
Tests
alarm-handling 5-10
commissioning 5-5
data network commisssioning 5-11
equipment 2-6, 5-1, 6-1
equipment power-on 5-5
equipment setup 5-5
frame loss-rate 5-12
input sensitivity 5-7
loss of signal detection 5-6
maintenance actions 5-10
network timing synchronization 5-7
path protection and nonretrieval 5-9
reset 5-12
SDH 5-5
SDH commissioning 5-5
severity assignment 5-9
shelf power-on 5-5
site commissioning 5-2

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

I-9

Index

BG-30 Installation, Operation, and


Maintenance Manual

stability 5-13
system recovery 5-12
throughput and latency 5-11
traffic stability 5-8
transmission alarm handling 5-10
u_2 Mbps 5-5
u_34 Mbps 5-5
u_45 Mbps 5-5
Throughput and Latency Test 5-11
Throughput and Latency Tests 5-11
Timing (Clock) Cables 2-12
Timing Cable 2-12
connecting 3-91
Tools and Test Equipment 2-6
TP21_2 Connection Data A-25
TP63_1 Connection Data A-30
TPS1_1 Connection Data A-31
Traffic Cable for PME1_63 3-77
Traffic Stability Test 5-8
Transmission Alarm-handling Test 5-10
Transmission Alarm-Handling Test 5-10
Troubleshooting 6-3
power problems 6-4
Troubleshooting Power Problems 6-4
Troubleshooting Using Component
Indicators 6-5
Tslot 3-44
replacing 6-27
Typical BG-30 Installation 2-7

I-10

U
Unpacking and Performing Visual
Inspection 3-5
Unpacking and Visual Inspection 3-5
Use of a Temporary EPA 2-23

V
V.11 Overhead
connection data A-9
V.11 Overhead Connector A-9
Visual Inspection 5-3
Visual Inspection and Mechanical Checks
5-3

W
Wall-Mounted Cabinet 4-2
Wall-Mounted Frame 4-34
Warning Labels for Laser Products 2-19
Wiring the E1 Cables to the DDF 4-16
Work and Equipment Safety 2-16
Work Arrangements within a Temporary
EPA 2-24

X
xDDF-21
installing 3-27
XIO30
installing in BG-30B 3-43
replacing 6-27

ECI Telecom Ltd. Proprietary

426006-2333-013-A05